BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 1996-09-26
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: THERMO-MIZER ENVIRONMENTAL CORP, S-8, 1996-09-26
Next: COMMONWEALTH ALUMINUM CORP, 8-K, 1996-09-26



                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              Washington, DC 20549

                                   FORM 10-K

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 

                                       OR

         TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED]

          For the transition period from __________ to _______________

                          Commission File No.: 0-25666

                         Bank West Financial Corporation
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Michigan                                              38-3203447
(State or other jurisdiction                              (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                         Identification Number)

       2185 Three Mile Road N.W.
        Grand Rapids, Michigan                                   49544
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code (616) 785-3400
                                                           
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Not Applicable

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act

                     Common Stock (par value $.01 per share)
                                (Title of Class)
<PAGE>
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]  No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]
                                
Based upon the  $10.75  closing  price of the  Registrant's  common  stock as of
September 23, 1996,  the aggregate  market value of the 1,609,858  shares of the
Registrant's  common stock deemed to be held by non-affiliates of the Registrant
was $17.3 million.  Although  directors and executive officers of the Registrant
and certain of its employee benefit plans were assumed to be "affiliates" of the
Registrant for purposes of this  calculation,  the  classification  is not to be
interpreted as an admission of such status.

Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of September 23, 1996: 1,981,475

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

         List hereunder the following  documents  incorporated  by reference and
the Part of the Form 10-K into which the document is incorporated.

(1) Portions of the Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended June 30,
1996 are incorporated into Part II, Items 5 through 8 of this Form 10-K.

(2) Portions of the  definitive  proxy  statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders  are  incorporated  into Part III,  Items 9 through 13 of this Form
10-K.
<PAGE>
PART I.

Item 1.  Business.

General

         Bank  West  Financial   Corporation   (the  "Company")  is  a  Michigan
corporation  organized in December 1994 by Bank West, F.S.B. ("Bank West" or the
"Bank") for the purpose of becoming a unitary  holding  company of the Bank. The
only  significant  assets of the Company are the capital stock of the Bank,  the
Company's loan to the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"),  and
the portion of the net proceeds  retained by the Company in connection  with the
conversion  of the Bank from the mutual to stock form of  organization  in March
1995 (the "Conversion").  The business and management of the Company consists of
the business and management of the Bank.

         Bank  West  is a  federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank  that  was
originally  formed  in 1887 as a  Michigan-chartered  mutual  savings  and  loan
association known as West Side Building and Loan. In 1938, the Bank converted to
a federal  savings  association  known as West  Side  Federal  Savings  and Loan
Association.  The Bank changed its name and became a federally  chartered mutual
savings  bank in  1993.  In March  1995,  the Bank  converted  from a  federally
chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank.

         Bank West conducts  business from two offices  located in Grand Rapids,
Michigan.  At June 30,  1996,  the Company had $138.0  million of total  assets,
$111.2 million of total  liabilities,  including $91.0 million of deposits,  and
$26.8 million of total stockholders' equity.

         Bank West is primarily engaged in attracting  deposits from the general
public through its offices and using those and other available  sources of funds
to originate loans secured primarily by one- to four-family  residences  located
in  the  western  Michigan  area.  Bank  West  is a  community-oriented  savings
institution  which  emphasizes  customer  service.  It  generally  has sought to
enhance its net income by, among other things, maintaining strong asset quality.
In pursuit  of these  goals,  Bank West has  adopted a  business  strategy  that
emphasizes  lending and deposit products and services  traditionally  offered by
savings  institutions.  In addition,  since April 1993,  the Bank has engaged in
mortgage  banking  activities by originating  (and since fiscal 1994 purchasing)
one- to four-family  residential loans for sale into the secondary  market.  The
implementation  of such  strategy has enabled the Bank to be  profitable  and to
exceed regulatory capital requirements.

         During the last five  fiscal  years,  the  Company's  return on average
assets has averaged  .78% and its return on average  equity has averaged  6.33%.
Net income  increased  by  $492,000  or 68.7% in fiscal  1996 from  fiscal  1995
primarily  due to a $1.0  million  increase in net interest  income,  a $480,000
increase in the gain on the sale of loans and a $358,000 increase in the gain on
trading  securities.  These factors were  partially  offset by a $1.1 million or
47.5% increase in total other expenses.  At June 30, 1996, the Bank exceeded all
of its  regulatory  capital  requirements,  with  tangible,  core and risk-based
capital  ratios of 15.4%,  15.4% and 31.4%,  respectively,  as  compared  to the
minimum requirements of 1.5%, 3.0% and 8.0%, respectively. See "Regulation - The
Bank - Regulatory Capital Requirements."
<PAGE>
         The Company's  total  nonperforming  assets,  which  consist  solely of
non-accruing  loans 90 days or more  delinquent,  amounted to $43,000 or .04% of
the net loan  portfolio  at June 30,  1996.  At the end of each of the last five
fiscal years, the Company's total  nonperforming  assets never exceeded $259,000
or .33% of the net loan portfolio,  and the Company had no real estate owned and
no troubled  debt  restructurings  at any of such dates.  At June 30, 1996,  the
Company's  allowance for loan losses amounted to $166,000,  representing .16% of
the total loan portfolio and 386.0% of total nonperforming  assets at such date.
See "Asset Quality."

         Beginning  in April  1995,  the Bank  expanded  its  loan  products  by
offering small business loans and additional consumer loan products. At June 30,
1996, there were $2.8 million in loans receivable outstanding for these new loan
products  compared to no loans receivable  outstanding for such loan products at
June 30,  1995.  The Bank  expects  these loan  products  will  improve  its net
interest margin and make the Bank more competitive in the marketplace.

         The Bank is subject to examination and comprehensive  regulation by the
Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS"),  which is the Bank's chartering authority
and  primary  regulator.  The  Bank is also  regulated  by the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC"),  the administrator of the Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund  ("SAIF").   The  Bank  is  also  subject  to  certain   reserve
requirements established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
("FRB") and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of  Indianapolis,
which is one of the 12 regional banks comprising the FHLB System.

         The Company's executive office is located at 2185 Three Mile Road N.W.,
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49544, and its telephone number is (616) 785-3400.

Market Area

         The  Company's  market  area  consists  of western  Michigan,  with its
primary  market area  consisting of Grand Rapids,  Michigan and the  surrounding
metropolitan  statistical area. Grand Rapids is located in west central Michigan
on the  Grand  River,  the  state's  longest,  and is the  seat of Kent  County,
Michigan.  With a population of 189,000 as of 1990, the city is the 83rd largest
in the United States and the second largest in Michigan  after Detroit,  the 7th
largest in the nation.  Grand  Rapids is part of the Grand  Rapids  Metropolitan
Statistical  Area  with a  population  of  688,000  people  as of 1990,  a 14.4%
increase from the 1980 census.  Per capita income has increased  90.2% from 1980
to  $18,000 in 1990.  Major  industries  include  furniture  manufacture,  metal
fabrication, medical supplies, plastics, footwear, processed foods, agricultural
products,  mining of gypsum (for which  Michigan is the leading  supplier in the
nation), appliance manufacture, and health care services.  Approximately 360,000
persons were employed in Grand Rapids in 1990,  and major  employers in the area
include Meijer,  Inc.,  Steelcase,  General Motors Corp.,  Amway Corporation and
Butterworth Hospital.

Lending Activities

         Loan Portfolio Composition.  At June 30, 1996, the Company's total loan
portfolio,  including  loans held for sale but before  net  items,  amounted  to
$106.1 million. The net loan portfolio,  excluding loans held for sale, amounted
to $95.7  million  at June 30,  1996,  representing  approximately  69.4% of the
Company's  $138.0 million of total assets at that date.  The lending  activities
<PAGE>
are conducted through Bank West, and the principal lending activity of Bank West
is the origination of one- to four-family  residential  loans. The Bank has also
purchased such loans to supplement its loan originations. At June 30, 1996, one-
to four-family residential loans amounted to $85.0 million or 80.2% of the total
loan  portfolio,  including  loans held for sale. To a lesser  extent,  the Bank
originates construction loans, home equity lines of credit, second mortgages and
commercial and consumer loans.  Construction  loans amounted to $14.1 million or
13.3%,  home equity lines of credit amounted to $2.2 million or 2.1%, and second
mortgages  amounted  to $1.9  million  or 1.8%,  of the  total  loan  portfolio,
including loans held for sale. At June 30, 1996,  commercial  mortgages amounted
to $1.2 million or 1.1%,  commercial  non-mortgages  amounted to $1.0 million or
0.9%,  and  consumer  loans  amounted  to  $622,000  or 0.6%,  of the total loan
portfolio, including loans held for sale.

         Loan  Portfolio  Composition.   The  following  table  sets  forth  the
composition  of Bank  West's  loan  portfolio  by  type  of  loan  at the  dates
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                June 30,
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
                                                   1996                          1995                       1994             
                                            ---------------------      ----------------------        -------------------        
                                             Amount           %          Amount           %           Amount         %        
                                            --------      -------      ---------       ------        -------      ------      
                                                                       (Dollars In Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
Real estate loans:(1)
  One- to four-family residential           $85,034         80.2%       $92,673         91.7%        $87,177       91.1%       
  Construction                               14,074         13.3          6,146          6.1           7,412        7.8       
  Commercial mortgages                        1,194          1.1             90           .1             159         .2       
  Home equity lines of credit                 2,214          2.1          1,453          1.4             545         .5       
  Second mortgages                            1,927          1.8            683           .7             363         .4       
Consumer loans                                  622          0.6             30           --              --         --       
Commercial non-mortgage                       1,010          0.9             --           --              --         --       
                                            -------        -----          -----         ----          ------      -----        
    Total loans                             106,075        100.0%        101,075       100.0%         95,656      100.0%       
                                                           =====                       =====                      =====        
Less:
  Loans held for sale                         4,297                       2,746                        1,282                  
  Loans in process                            5,828                       2,290                        2,888                  
  Deferred fees and discounts                    47                          95                          159                  
  Allowance for loan losses                     166                         108                           88                  
                                            -------                      ------
    Net loans                               $95,737                     $95,836                      $91,239                  
                                             ======                      ======                       ====== 
- -------------------------

(1)  Includes loans held for sale.
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  June 30,                 September 30,   
                                                    1993                        1992        
                                            --------------------        -------------------   
                                             Amount          %           Amount         %   
                                            --------      -------       -------      ------ 
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Real estate loans:(1)                       $77,056        91.5%        $68,897       95.0%                    
  One- to four-family residential             6,296         7.5           2,691        3.7    
  Construction                                  104          .1             106         .1    
  Commercial mortgages                           --          --             --         -- 
  Home equity lines of credit                   768          .9             863        1.2    
  Second mortgages                               --          --             --         --    
Consumer loans                                   --          --             --         --    
Commercial non-mortgage                      ------       -----         -------      -----      
                                             84,224       100.0%         72,557      100.0%    
    Total loans                                           =====                      =====     
                                                                                             
Less:                                         3,250                          --               
  Loans held for sale                         2,173                         728               
  Loans in process                              128                         105               
  Deferred fees and discounts                    63                          50               
  Allowance for loan losses                                                                  
                                            $78,610                     $71,674               
    Net loans                                ======                      ======               
                                          
- -------------------------

(1)  Includes loans held for sale.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         Contractual  Maturities.  The following  table sets forth the scheduled
contractual  maturities  of Bank West's  loans at June 30, 1996.  Demand  loans,
loans  having no stated  schedule  of  repayments  and no stated  maturity,  and
overdraft  loans are reported as due in one year or less.  The amounts shown for
each period do not take into  account  loan  prepayments  but do reflect  normal
amortization.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    One- to
                                                  Four-Family                          Commercial           Home           Second  
                                                  Residential         Construction      Mortgages          Equity        Mortgages 
                                                  -----------         -------------     ---------          ------        --------- 
                                                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>                  <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>     
Amounts due after June 30, 1996 in:
  One year or less                                  $ 2,895              $14,074         $  164            $   --           $  286 
  After one year through two years                    2,963                   --            144                --              170 
  After two years through three years                 4,159                   --             81                --              183 
  After three years through five years               12,616                   --            805               585              374 
  After five years through ten years                 17,739                   --             --             1,629              898 
  After ten years through fifteen years              12,611                   --             --                --                8 
  After fifteen years                                32,051                   --             --                --                8 
                                                     ------              -------         ------            ------           ------ 
    Total(1)                                        $85,034              $14,074         $1,194            $2,214           $1,927 
                                                    =======              =======         ======            ======           ====== 
- ------------------------------------

(1)  Gross of loans in process,  deferred fees and discounts,  and allowance for
     loan losses.
           
                                                  Commercial                
                                            Consumer        Non-mortgage        Total  
                                            --------        ------------        ----- 
<S>                                           <C>              <C>            <C>
Amounts due after June 30, 1996 in:      
  One year or less                            $216             $  567         $ 18,202                       
  After one year through two years             127                221            3,625   
  After two years through three years          125                111            4,659   
  After three years through five years         154                 99           14,633   
  After five years through ten years            --                 12           20,278   
  After ten years through fifteen years         --                 --           12,619   
  After fifteen years                           --                 --           32,059   
                                               ---               ----          -------   
    Total(1)                                  $622             $1,010         $106,075   
                                               ===              =====          =======   
                                            

- ------------------------------------

(1)  Gross of loans in process,  deferred fees and discounts,  and allowance for
     loan losses.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         The following  table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans,  before
net  items,  due  after  one year from  June 30,  1996,  based on the  scheduled
contractual  maturities shown in the preceding table,  which have fixed interest
rates or which have floating or adjustable interest rates.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                        Floating or
                                           Fixed-Rate  Adjustable-Rate     Total
                                           ----------  ---------------     -----
                                                        (In Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>
One- to four-family residential ......       $34,211       $47,928       $82,139
Commercial mortgages .................            93           937         1,030
Home equity ..........................          --           2,214         2,214
Second mortgages .....................         1,641          --           1,641
Consumer .............................           406          --             406
Commercial non-mortgage ..............           161           282           443
                                             -------       -------       -------
  Total ..............................       $36,512       $51,361       $87,873
                                             =======       =======       =======

</TABLE>

         Scheduled  contractual  maturities of loans do not necessarily  reflect
the actual term of Bank West's portfolio.  The average life of mortgage loans is
substantially  less  than  their  average  contractual  terms  because  of  loan
prepayments  and  enforcement of due-on-sale  clauses,  which give Bank West the
right to declare a loan  immediately  due and payable in the event,  among other
things,  that the borrower  sells the real property  subject to the mortgage and
the loan is not repaid.  The average  life of mortgage  loans tends to increase,
however, when current mortgage loan rates substantially exceed rates on existing
mortgage loans and,  conversely,  decrease when rates on existing mortgage loans
substantially exceed current mortgage loan rates.

         Origination, Purchase and Sale of Loans. The lending activities of Bank
West are subject to the written, non-discriminatory,  underwriting standards and
loan  origination  procedures  established by Bank West's Board of Directors and
management.  Loan  originations  are  obtained  through  a variety  of  sources,
including referrals from real estate brokers, developers,  builders and existing
customers.  Written loan  applications are taken by lending  personnel,  and the
loan department  supervises the  procurement of credit  reports,  appraisals and
other  documentation  involved with a loan. Property valuations are performed by
independent  outside  appraisers.  Except for second  mortgages  and home equity
lines of credit,  as to which  only  title  searches  are  performed,  Bank West
generally  requires title insurance with respect to residential and construction
loans.  Hazard insurance is also required on all secured  property,  as is flood
insurance if the property is located within a designated flood zone.
<PAGE>
         Bank West's loan approval  process is intended to assess the borrower's
ability to repay the loan,  the  viability  of the loan and the  adequacy of the
value of the  property  that will secure the loan.  If the loan is to be sold to
one of the investors with which the Bank has an agreement,  as discussed  below,
the Bank's loan  underwriter  may approve the loan if the investor has delegated
such  authority  to  the  Bank.  If the  investor  requires  that  the  loan  be
underwritten  by it, the loan is submitted to the investor for its approval.  If
the loan is to be held in the Bank's portfolio,  it must also be approved by any
two  individuals  granted  loan  approval  authority if the loan does not exceed
$200,000.  If the loan is to be held in the portfolio  and exceeds  $200,000 but
does not exceed  $500,000,  it must be approved by the Loan Committee.  Loans in
excess of $500,000 must be approved by the Board of Directors.

         Until April 1993, Bank West originated  substantially  all of the loans
in its portfolio  and held them until  maturity.  In the fall of 1992,  the Bank
applied for reactivation of its  seller-service  agreement with the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  and in April 1993, following reactivation
of the  agreement,  the first  sale to the FHLMC  occurred.  In July  1993,  the
institution  hired a mortgage  underwriter  who is  responsible  for  performing
underwriting on all loans that are to be sold in the secondary market.  Pursuant
to a  written  Secondary  Market  Policy,  the Bank  sells the  majority  of its
fixed-rate  mortgage  loans with a maturity  greater than 15 years meeting FHLMC
investor  requirements  to private  entities and the FHLMC. In October 1994, the
policy  was  amended  to  provide  that the Bank will sell all newly  originated
fixed-rate  mortgage loans meeting  investor  requirements and retain only those
fixed-rate loans which qualify as exceptions.

         Prior to April 1994,  when the Bank originated new loans to be held for
sale,  the Bank  generally  did not  enter  into  forward  commitments  or other
agreements with investors  regarding the sale of such loans until after the loan
had closed.  In the low or declining  interest  rate  environment  prevailing in
calendar  1993,  this  strategy  resulted in higher  gains on the sale of loans.
However,  when interest  rates rose in the first quarter of calendar  1994,  the
market  value of the  loans  held for sale  declined,  resulting  in a  $107,000
write-down of the value of such loans in fiscal 1994.

         Following the rise in interest rates and the $107,000  write-down,  the
Bank entered into agreements with several investors,  each of whom has agreed to
purchase loans, together with servicing thereof, from the Bank on a loan-by-loan
best efforts basis,  provided that it is satisfied  after its review of the loan
that the loan complies with its established  underwriting guidelines and lending
requirements.  The Bank does not approve a loan to be originated for sale unless
either the loan has been satisfactorily  reviewed by one of the investors or the
loan is to be sold to an investor which has delegated the approval  authority to
the Bank. The Bank makes certain  representations  and warranties  regarding the
loans it sells pursuant to the above  agreements,  primarily with respect to the
origination  of the loans,  the loan  documents and the existence of valid liens
and insurance  policies.  Any violation of these  representations and warranties
or,  with  respect  to  certain  of the  agreements,  the  existence  of certain
deficiencies in the loans during a specified period may result in the Bank being
required to repurchase  the affected  loans that were sold. As of June 30, 1996,
the Bank has not been required to repurchase  any of the loans it has sold.  The
above  agreements  may be terminated by either party at any time with respect to
future loan commitments, with varying amounts of termination notice required.
<PAGE>
         To supplement  its loan  originations,  the Bank has entered into third
party  origination  agreements with a number of mortgage  banking  companies and
financial institutions. Pursuant to such agreements, the third party originators
sell loans,  together with the servicing thereof,  to the Bank on a loan-by-loan
basis.  The Bank is under no obligation  to purchase any of such loans,  and the
Bank agrees to purchase  specific  loans only after it has  determined  that the
loan meets its underwriting standards and the standards of the secondary market.
The  third  party  originator  makes  certain   representations  and  warranties
regarding  the  loans it  sells to the  Bank.  If  there is a  violation  of the
representations  and warranties,  or if the first principal and interest payment
due to the  Bank  is  not  made  and  the  loan  remains  delinquent  for  three
consecutive payment periods,  the Bank may require the third party originator to
repurchase the affected loans.  The above agreements may be terminated by either
party at any time with respect to future loan commitments. Pursuant to the third
party origination  agreements,  the Bank purchased $18.9 million of loans in the
year ended June 30, 1996.  Of the loans  purchased in fiscal 1996,  $9.1 million
consisted of fixed-rate,  one- to four-family  residential  loans,  $1.7 million
consisted of mortgage loans which provide for periodic interest rate adjustments
("ARMs"), $1.0 million consisted of balloon mortgages and $7.1 million consisted
of construction  loans,  part of which were included in loans in process at June
30, 1996. Other than the construction  loans, most of the loans purchased by the
Bank were either sold or are held for sale.

         The Bank sold $45.8  million,  $14.4 million and $13.2 million of loans
in fiscal 1996, fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1994,  respectively,  representing 66.2%,
46.2% and 27.3%,  respectively,  of total loans originated and purchased in such
periods.  Loan  originations  and purchases were at record levels in fiscal 1996
due to a favorable  interest  rate  environment  prevailing in the first half of
such fiscal year, and the expansion of the retail and wholesale mortgage banking
operations.  In addition,  the Bank expanded its consumer and commercial lending
business.  Total loan  originations  and purchases  were $69.2 million in fiscal
1996 compared to $31.2 million in fiscal 1995. Loan  originations in fiscal 1994
were $29.2  million or 60.5%  higher  than in fiscal  1995 due to the  favorable
interest rate environment prevailing in the first half of fiscal 1994. The lower
loan  originations in fiscal 1995 were partially offset by the purchase of $12.1
million of one- to four-family residential loans in fiscal 1995.

         At June 30, 1996,  Bank West was  servicing  $28.6 million of loans for
others.
<PAGE>
         The following table shows total loans originated,  purchased,  sold and
repaid during the periods indicated, including in each case loans held for sale.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                      Year Ended June 30,
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                 1996         1995         1994
                                              --------     --------     --------
                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Loan originations:
  One- to four-family residential:
    Adjustable-rate ......................    $  6,201     $  3,126     $ 12,533
    Fixed-rate ...........................      26,524        5,328       23,070
  Construction:
    Adjustable-rate ......................       7,693        5,470        4,861
    Fixed-rate ...........................       4,078        2,981        7,151
  Commercial mortgages ...................       1,212         --           --
  Consumer loans .........................         768           30         --
  Home equity loans ......................       1,039        1,466          634
  Second mortgages .......................       1,645          695            9
  Commercial non-mortgage ................       1,139         --             60
                                              --------     --------     --------
      Total loan originations ............      50,299       19,096       48,318
Loans purchased:
  One- to four-family residential ........      18,919       12,069           63
                                              --------     --------     --------
    Total loans originated
      and purchased ......................      69,218       31,165       48,381
                                              --------     --------     --------

Sales and loan principal repayments:
  Loans sold .............................      45,798       14,383       13,221
  Loan principal repayments ..............      18,420       11,364       23,728
                                              --------     --------     --------
    Total loans sold and
      principal repayments ...............      64,218       25,747       36,949
                                              --------     --------     --------
Increase (decrease) due to other
  items, net (1) .........................      (5,099)        (821)       1,197
                                              --------     --------     --------
Net increase (decrease) in
  loan portfolio, net ....................    $    (99)    $  4,597     $ 12,629
                                              ========     ========     ========


- ----------------------

(1)      Other items consist of loans in process,  deferred fees and  discounts,
         allowance for loan losses and loans held for sale.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         Real Estate  Lending  Standards and  Underwriting  Policies.  Effective
March 19, 1993, all financial  institutions  were required to adopt and maintain
comprehensive written real estate lending policies that are consistent with safe
and sound banking practices.  These lending policies must reflect  consideration
of the Interagency  Guidelines for Real Estate Lending  Policies  adopted by the
federal banking  agencies,  including the OTS, in December 1992  ("Guidelines").
The  Guidelines  set forth uniform  regulations  prescribing  standards for real
estate  lending.  Real estate lending is defined as extensions of credit secured
by liens on interests  in real estate or made for the purpose of  financing  the
constructions of a building or other improvements to real estate,  regardless of
whether a lien has been taken on the property.

         The policies must address certain lending  considerations  set forth in
the  Guidelines,   including  LTV  limits,   loan   administration   procedures,
underwriting standards, portfolio diversification standards and requirements for
documentation,  approval and reporting.  These policies must also be appropriate
to the size of the institution  and the nature and scope of its operations,  and
must be reviewed and approved by the  institution's  board of directors at least
annually. The LTV ratio framework,  with the LTV ratio being the total amount of
credit to be extended  divided by the appraised  value or purchase  price of the
property  at the time the credit is  originated,  must be  established  for each
category of real estate loans.  If not a first lien, the lender must combine all
senior liens when calculating this ratio.

         Certain  institutions  can make real  estate  loans that do not conform
with the  established  LTV ratio  limits up to 100% of the  institution's  total
capital.   Within  this  aggregate  limit,   total  loans  for  all  commercial,
agricultural,   multi-family  and  other   non-one-to-four   family  residential
properties  should not exceed 30% of total  capital.  An  institution  will come
under increased supervisory scrutiny as the total of such loans approaches these
levels.  Certain loans are exempt from the LTV ratios (e.g., those guaranteed by
a government  agency,  loans to facilitate the sale of real estate owned,  loans
renewed,  refinanced  or  restructured  by the  original  lender(s)  to the same
borrower(s) where there is no advancement of new funds, etc.).

         Bank West is in compliance with the above standards.

         Although   federal  laws  and   regulations   permit  federal   savings
institutions, such as Bank West, to originate and purchase loans secured by real
estate  located  throughout the United  States,  Bank West's present  lending is
primarily  done within  western  Michigan.  Subject to Bank West's  loans-to-one
borrower  limitation,  Bank West is permitted to invest  without  limitation  in
residential  mortgage  loans and up to 400% of its  capital in loans  secured by
non-residential or commercial real estate.  Bank West may also invest in secured
and unsecured consumer loans in an amount not exceeding 35% of Bank West's total
assets. This 35% limitation may be exceeded for certain types of consumer loans,
such as home equity and property  improvement  loans secured by residential real
property.  In  addition,  Bank West may invest up to 10% of its total  assets in
secured and unsecured loans for commercial,  corporate, business or agricultural
purposes.  At June 30, 1996, Bank West was well within each of the above lending
limits.
<PAGE>
         Bank West requires title  insurance  insuring the priority of its lien,
as well as fire and extended  coverage casualty  insurance,  in order to protect
the properties securing its real estate loans.  Borrowers must also obtain flood
insurance  policies when the property is in a flood hazard area as designated by
the Federal Emergency  Management  Agency.  Borrowers may be required to advance
funds on a monthly basis together with each payment of principal and interest to
a mortgage loan account from which Bank West makes  disbursements for items such
as real estate taxes,  hazard insurance  premiums and private mortgage insurance
premiums as they become due.

         Loans on  Existing  Residential  Properties.  The  primary  real estate
lending  activity  of Bank West is the  origination  of loans  secured  by first
mortgage  liens  on one- to  four-family  residences.  At June 30,  1996,  $85.0
million or 80.2% of Bank West's total loan  portfolio,  including loans held for
sale but before net items, consisted of one- to four-family residential loans.

         The  loan-to-value  ratio,  maturity and other  provisions of the loans
made by Bank West  generally  have  reflected the policy of making less than the
maximum loan permissible under applicable regulations,  in accordance with sound
lending practices,  market conditions and underwriting  standards established by
Bank West.  Bank  West's  lending  policies  on one-to  four-family  residential
mortgage loans  generally  limit the maximum  loan-to-value  ratio to 95% of the
lesser of the appraised  value or purchase price of the property,  and generally
one- to four-family  residential loans in excess of an 80%  loan-to-value  ratio
require  private  mortgage  insurance.  Prior  to  November  1992,  the Bank had
required a minimum 25% down payment  with respect to such loans.  For 95% loans,
the  borrower's  down payment must come from the borrower's own funds and cannot
be in the form of a gift. A borrower's  total debt to income ratio generally may
not exceed 41%.

         Bank West offers fixed-rate one- to four-family  residential loans with
terms up to 30 years. Such loans are amortized on a monthly basis with principal
and interest due each month and customarily include "due-on-sale" clauses, which
are provisions  giving Bank West the right to declare a loan immediately due and
payable  in the event  the  borrower  sells or  otherwise  disposes  of the real
property  subject to the mortgage or the loan is not repaid.  Bank West enforces
due-on-sale clauses to the extent permitted under applicable laws.

         Various  legislative  and  regulatory  changes have given Bank West the
authority to originate and purchase ARMs, subject to certain  limitations.  Bank
West has been actively  marketing ARMs in order to decrease the vulnerability of
its  operations  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  At June  30,  1996,  one- to
four-family  residential  ARMs  represented  $47.5 million or 44.8% of the total
loan portfolio, including loans held for sale.

         Bank West's one- to four-family  residential  ARMs are fully amortizing
loans with contractual  maturities of up to 30 years.  These loans have interest
rates which are  scheduled to adjust  annually in  accordance  with a designated
index (which, at present,  is the one-year Treasury security index, plus a range
from 2.75% to 2.875%). Bank West currently offers a one-year adjustable mortgage
with a 2% cap on the rate  adjustment  per period  and a 6% cap rate  adjustment
over  the life of the  loan.  The  adjustable-rate  loans  in Bank  West's  loan
portfolio  are not  convertible  by their terms into  fixed-rate  loans,  may be
assumable,  do not contain  prepayment  penalties  and do not  produce  negative
amortization. Bank West also offers 3, 5 and 7 year balloon mortgages.
<PAGE>
         The demand for adjustable-rate loans in Bank West's primary market area
has been a function of several  factors,  including the level of interest rates,
and the difference  between the interest rates offered for fixed-rate  loans and
adjustable-rate  loans. Due to the generally lower rates of interest  prevailing
in recent periods, the market demand for adjustable-rate  loans has decreased as
consumer preference for fixed-rate loans has increased.  Nevertheless, ARMs have
represented a substantial portion of residential  mortgage loan originations for
Bank West. For fiscal 1996, ARMs represented  27.6% of total one- to four-family
residential loan  originations,  compared to 45.0% and 36.0% for fiscal 1995 and
1994, respectively.

         Construction  Loans.  Construction loans represent loans to individuals
who have a contract with a builder for the  construction  of their  residence as
well as loans to builders of  residential  real  estate  property.  This type of
lending has  significantly  increased in recent years and  represents the second
most  significant type of loan for the Bank. At the end of fiscal 1996, 1995 and
1994,  construction  loans  amounted  to $14.1  million,  $6.1  million and $7.4
million,  respectively,  or  13.3%,  6.1% and 7.8% of the total  loan  portfolio
(including loans held for sale),  respectively.  The Bank purchased $7.1 million
of construction  loans in fiscal 1996, a portion of which were included in loans
in process at June 30, 1996.

         Construction  loans extended pursuant to a builder's line of credit are
for up to  $500,000  at the prime  rate  plus a  specified  percentage.  A first
mortgage on each home constructed is given as collateral. Interest payments only
are due for six months,  after which the balance  extended is due.  The Board of
Directors  has  adopted  a policy  limiting  builder's  lines of  credit to four
mortgages outstanding at any one time, for an aggregate balance of not to exceed
$500,000.  Loans  to  builders  under a line of  credit  are  limited  to 75% of
appraised  value.  The maximum term for any loan pursuant to a builder's line of
credit  is  one  year.   Pursuant  to  Bank  West's  Construction  Loan  Policy,
construction  loans to individuals are limited to 95% of the appraised value, or
purchase price, whichever is less, of the security property.  Construction loans
are  offered  with  both  fixed  and  adjustable  interest  rates.   Appropriate
documentation   related  to  the  construction  process  must  be  submitted  by
applicants for construction loans. Bank West has also adopted a policy for "spec
loans" to builders for construction of homes not under sales contract. For these
loans,  the  permissible  LTV  limit is 75%.  A maximum  of two "spec  loans" is
permitted to any one builder to be outstanding at one time.

         Construction lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree
of risk than one- to four-family  residential  lending.  Such lending  typically
involves  large loan  balances  concentrated  in a single  borrower or groups of
related  borrowers for properties that are dependent upon sale of the home being
constructed.  Construction  financing also is generally  considered to involve a
higher   degree  of  risk  of  loss  than   long-term   financing  on  improved,
owner-occupied  real  estate  because  of  the  uncertainties  of  construction,
including the possibility of costs exceeding the initial  estimates and the need
to obtain a tenant or purchaser if the property will not be owner-occupied. Bank
West  generally  attempts to mitigate  the risks  associated  with  construction
lending by, among other  things,  lending  primarily  in its market area,  using
conservative  underwriting  guidelines,  and closely monitoring the construction
process.
<PAGE>
         Home Equity Lines of Credit. Bank West established a Home Equity Credit
Line Program in November 1993 to further  develop its second  mortgage  lending.
The  lines of credit  are  secured  by one- to  four-family  residences  and are
available for any purpose. Loans are offered at the prime rate plus a range from
1% to 1.5%.  The maximum  rate of interest  is 18%.  The minimum  credit line is
$1,000,  and the  maximum  line of  credit  is  equal to (a) the  lesser  of the
property's  appraised value or two times its assessed  valuation,  minus (b) any
existing indebtedness secured by the property. The term of the line of credit is
seven years,  with a minimum  monthly payment of the greater of 1% of the unpaid
balance,  $100 or the interest due on the line of credit. At June 30, 1996, $2.2
million or 2.1% of the Bank's  total loan  portfolio,  including  loans held for
sale but before net items, consisted of home equity loans. In addition, the Bank
had commitments of $3.2 million of home equity lines of credit at June 30, 1996.

         Second Mortgages.  At June 30, 1996, $1.9 million or 1.8% of the Bank's
total  loan  portfolio,  including  loans  held for sale but  before  net items,
consisted  of second  mortgages.  The second  mortgages  are  secured by one- to
four-family residences, are for a fixed amount and a fixed term, and are made to
individuals  for a variety of purposes.  Because the home equity lines of credit
offer greater  flexibility to the borrower,  it is anticipated that the lines of
credit will be more popular than the second mortgages.

         Other  Lending.   Bank  West's   commercial   mortgage  and  commercial
non-mortgage  loans  amounted to $1.2  million and $1.0  million,  respectively,
representing 1.1% and 0.9% of the total loan portfolio, including loans held for
sale but  before  net items at June 30,  1996.  At June 30,  1996,  Bank  West's
consumer  loan  portfolio  amounted  to  $622,000  or  0.6%  of the  total  loan
portfolio,  including loans held for sale but before net items. The Bank expects
additional  growth in its commercial  and consumer loan portfolio  during fiscal
1997.

         Loan Fees and  Servicing  Income.  In addition  to  interest  earned on
loans,  Bank West receives  income  through the servicing of loans and loan fees
charged in connection with loan originations and  modifications,  late payments,
prepayments,  changes  of  property  ownership  and for  miscellaneous  services
related to its loans. Income from these activities varies from  period-to-period
with the volume and type of loans made.

         Loan  origination  fees or "points" are a percentage  of the  principal
amount of the mortgage loan and are charged to the borrower in  connection  with
the  origination  of the loan.  Bank  West's loan  origination  fees and certain
related direct loan origination  costs are offset,  and the resulting net amount
is deferred and amortized as interest  income over the  contractual  life of the
related  loans as an  adjustment  to the yield of such loans.  At June 30, 1996,
Bank West had approximately $47,000 of net loan fees which had been deferred and
are being recognized as income over the lives of the related loans.

Asset Quality

         Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth information concerning
delinquent  loans at June 30, 1996, in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the
Company's  total  loan  portfolio.  All of the  loans  delinquent  at such  date
consisted of one- to  four-family  residential  real estate  loans.  The amounts
presented  represent  the total  outstanding  principal  balances of the related
loans, rather than the actual payment amounts which are past due.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                June 30, 1996
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  30-59                                                         90 or More Days
                                               Days Overdue                   60-89 Days Overdue                    Overdue
                                          -------------------------        ------------------------          ---------------------- 
                                                           Percent                         Percent                          Percent
                                                           of Total                        of Total                        of Total
                                           Amount            Loans           Amount         Loans            Amount          Loans
                                           ------            -----           ------         -----            ------          -----
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>           <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
One- to four-family
  residential real estate
  loans                                   $594,000            .56%          $172,000         .16%            $43,000          .04%
</TABLE>

         Non-Performing  Assets.  When a borrower  fails to make a required loan
payment,  Bank West attempts to cause the default to be cured by contacting  the
borrower.  In  general,  contacts  are made after a payment is more than 15 days
past due, at which time a late charge is assessed.  Defaults are cured  promptly
in most cases.  If the delinquency on a mortgage loan exceeds 90 days and is not
cured  through  Bank  West's  normal  collection  procedures,  or an  acceptable
arrangement  is not  worked  out with the  borrower,  Bank West  will  institute
measures to remedy the default, including commencing a foreclosure action or, in
special  circumstances,  accepting  from the  borrower a  voluntary  deed of the
secured  property in lieu of foreclosure with respect to mortgage loans or title
and possession of collateral in the case of consumer loans.

         If foreclosure is effected,  the property is sold at a sheriff's  sale.
If Bank West is the successful bidder, the acquired real estate property is then
included in Bank West's  "real estate  owned"  account  until it is sold.  Under
Michigan law, there is generally a six-month  redemption  period with respect to
one- to four- family  residential  properties  during which the borrower has the
right  to  repurchase  the  property.  Bank  West  is  permitted  under  federal
regulations to finance sales of real estate owned by "loans to facilitate" which
may involve more  favorable  interest  rates and terms than  generally  would be
granted under Bank West's underwriting  guidelines.  At June 30, 1996 and at the
end of each of the last five fiscal years,  Bank West had no loans to facilitate
and no real estate owned.

         All loans  are  reviewed  on a regular  basis  under the  Bank's  asset
classification  policy.  Loans are placed on a non-accrual  status when the loan
becomes  90  days  delinquent,   in  which  case  the  accrual  of  interest  is
discontinued.  At June 30,  1996,  the Bank had $43,000 of loans on  non-accrual
status.
<PAGE>
         The   following   table  sets  forth  the  amounts  of  the   Company's
nonperforming  assets  at  the  dates  indicated,  all  of  which  consisted  of
non-accruing,  one- to four-family residential loans 90 days or more delinquent.
At  such  dates,   there  were  no  real  estate  owned  and  no  troubled  debt
restructurings.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             June 30,              September 30,
                                --------------------------------   -------------         
                                1996     1995     1994     1993        1992
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                             <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Total nonperforming assets:
  Non-accruing loans 90 days
   or more delinquent ......... $43     $ 145     $  35     $281     $   139
                                ===     =====     =====     ====     =======

Total nonperforming loans as
  a percentage of loans, net .. .04%      .15%      .04%     .36%        .19%
                                ===     =====     =====     ====     =======
Total nonperforming assets as
  a percentage of total assets  .03%      .10%      .03%     .29%        .16%
                                ===     =====     =====     ====     =======

</TABLE>
         The $43,000 of  nonperforming  assets at June 30, 1996 consisted of two
one- to four-family  residential loans,  secured by property in the Grand Rapids
metropolitan area.

         The  Bank's  total  classified  assets  at June 30,  1996  amounted  to
$215,000,  of which $172,000 was  classified as special  mention and $43,000 was
classified as substandard.

         At June 30, 1996, management was not aware of any additional loans with
possible credit problems which caused it to have doubts as to the ability of the
borrowers to comply with present loan repayment  terms and which in management's
view may result in the  future  inclusion  of such  items in the  non-performing
asset categories.

         Allowance for Loan Losses.  At June 30, 1996, Bank West's allowance for
loan losses amounted to $166,000 or .16% of the total loan portfolio,  including
loans held for sale.  Bank West's loan portfolio  consists  primarily of one- to
four-family residential loans and, to a lesser extent,  construction loans, home
equity lines of credit, second mortgage loans, nonresidential loans and consumer
loans. The Bank believes that there are no material elements of risk in its loan
portfolio,  and total nonperforming assets have remained at very low levels. The
classification of assets policy is reviewed quarterly by the Board of Directors.
The loan loss  allowance  is  maintained  by  management  at a level  considered
adequate to cover possible losses that are currently  anticipated  based on past
loss  experience,  general  economic  conditions,   information  about  specific
borrower situations, and other factors and estimates which are subject to change
over  time.  Although  management  believes  that it uses the  best  information
available to make such  determinations,  future adjustments to allowances may be
necessary,  and net income could be  significantly  affected,  if  circumstances
differ   substantially   from  the  assumptions   used  in  making  the  initial
determinations.
<PAGE>
         The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for loan losses
and other selected statistics for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       At or For the
                                                                        Nine Months   At or For the
                                             At or For the                 Ended        Year Ended
                                           Year Ended June 30,            June 30,    September 30,
                                   ----------------------------------     --------    -------------               

                                      1996        1995          1994         1993         1992
                                   --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>

Total loans outstanding(1) ....    $106,075     $101,075     $ 95,656     $ 84,224     $ 72,557
                                   ========     ========     ========     ========     ========

Allowance for loan losses,
  beginning of period .........    $    108     $     88     $     63     $     50     $     45
Provision for loan losses .....          60           20           25           13            5
Charge-offs ...................           2         --           --           --           --
                                   --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Allowance for loan losses,
  end of period ...............    $    166     $    108     $     88     $     63     $     50
                                   ========     ========     ========     ========     ========

Allowance for loan losses
  as a percent of total loans
  outstanding .................         .16%         .11%         .09%         .07%         .07%
                                   ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
One- to four-family residential
  loans as a percent of total
  loans outstanding
                                       80.2%        91.7%        91.1%        91.5%        95.0%
                                   ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
- ---------------------------

(1)      Includes loans held for sale.
</TABLE>
Mortgage-Backed Securities

         The Company has invested in a portfolio of  mortgage-backed  securities
and  related  securities.  Mortgage-backed  securities  (which also are known as
mortgage participation  certificates or pass-through  certificates)  represent a
participation   interest  in  a  pool  of  one-to  four-family  or  multi-family
residential  mortgages,  the principal and interest payments on which are passed
from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries (generally U.S. government
agencies and  government  sponsored  enterprises)  that pool and  repackage  the
participation  interests in the form of  securities,  to  investors  such as the
Company. The Company's  mortgage-backed  securities are insured or guaranteed by
the Federal National Mortgage  Association ("FNMA") or FHLMC. FNMA and FHLMC are
public  corporations  chartered  by  the  U.S.  government.  These  institutions
guarantee the timely  payment of interest and the ultimate  return of principal.
FNMA and FHLMC  mortgage-backed  securities are not backed by the full faith and
credit of the United  States,  but  because  FNMA and FHLMC are U.S.  government
sponsored enterprises,  these securities are considered high quality investments
with minimal credit risks.
<PAGE>
         During fiscal 1996 and 1995,  the Company  purchased  $13.7 million and
$1.8  million,   respectively,   of  adjustable-rate   collateralized   mortgage
obligations ("CMOs").  During fiscal 1994, the Company purchased $2.0 million of
fixed-rate CMOs. The CMOs are not classified as "high-risk mortgage  securities"
under OTS Thrift  Bulletin 52 ("TB 52"). CMOs are a special type of pass-through
debt in which the stream of principal  and interest  payments on the  underlying
mortgages or mortgage-backed securities is used to create classes with different
maturities  and,  in some  cases,  amortization  schedules  with each such class
possessing different risk characteristics.  During fiscal 1996, the Company sold
$9.9  million of  adjustable-rate  mortgage-backed  securities  and utilized the
proceeds to purchase adjustable-rate CMOs. The CMOs reprice monthly based on the
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") index.  During fiscal 1996 and 1995, the
Company   purchased   $1.1   million  and  $12.7   million,   respectively,   of
adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities. The Company utilized FHLB borrowings
to fund the purchase of these investments. These borrowings reprice on a monthly
basis, based on the LIBOR index.

         At June 30, 1996, the Company's  mortgage-backed  securities classified
as  available  for sale had a market  value of $2.3  million  (net of $23,000 in
unrealized  losses),  while CMOs  classified  as available for sale had a market
value of $15.0  million (net of $235,000 in  unrealized  losses).  During fiscal
1996,  mortgage-backed  securities and CMOs with a carrying value and fair value
of $14.5 million were transferred from held to maturity to available for sale to
provide the Company  with greater  flexibility  in managing  its  liquidity  and
interest rate risk. As a result, there are no CMOs or mortgage-based  securities
classified  as held to maturity at June 30, 1996.  In  accordance  with SFAS No.
115,  "Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in Debt  and  Equity  Securities,"
mortgage-backed  and related  securities  classified  as available  for sale are
reported at fair value and mortgage-backed and related securities  classified as
held for investment are reported at amortized  cost. For additional  information
relating  to the  Company's  mortgage-backed  and  related  securities  held  to
maturity  or  available  for  sale,  see  Note 3 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements in the 1996 Annual Report to Stockholders, filed as Exhibit 13 hereto
(the "1996 Annual Report").

         Mortgage-backed  securities  generally  yield  less than the loans that
underlie such  securities,  because of the cost of payment  guarantees or credit
enhancements  that result in nominal  credit risk. In addition,  mortgage-backed
securities  are more liquid than  individual  mortgage  loans and may be used to
collateralize   obligations   of  the  Company.   In  general,   mortgage-backed
pass-through  securities are weighted at no more than 20% for risk-based capital
purposes,  compared  to an  assigned  risk  weighting  of 50% to 100% for  whole
residential  mortgage  loans. As a result,  these types of securities  allow the
Company to optimize regulatory capital to a greater extent than  non-securitized
whole loans.

         While  mortgage-backed  securities  carry  a  reduced  credit  risk  as
compared  to whole  loans,  such  securities  remain  subject to the risk that a
fluctuating  interest  rate  environment,  along with other  factors such as the
geographic  distribution  of  the  underlying  mortgage  loans,  may  alter  the
prepayment rate of such mortgage loans and so affect both the prepayment  speed,
and value,  of such  securities.  In contrast to  mortgage-backed  securities in
which cash flow is received (and, hence,  prepayment risk is shared) pro rata by
all  securities  holders,  the cash flows from the mortgages or  mortgage-backed
securities  underlying  CMOs  are  segmented  and  paid  in  accordance  with  a
predetermined  priority to investors holding various tranches of such securities
or obligations. A particular tranche of CMOs may therefore carry prepayment risk
that differs from that of both the underlying collateral and other tranches.
<PAGE>
         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of the  Company's
mortgage-backed securities portfolio at each of the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              June 30,
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                    1996        1995        1994
                                                 -------     -------     -------
                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Mortgage-backed securities:
  FHLMC ....................................     $ 2,308     $14,100     $ 1,600
  Collateralized mortgage obligations ......      15,034       4,255       1,840
                                                 -------     -------     -------
    Total mortgage-backed securities .......     $17,342     $18,355     $ 3,440
                                                 =======     =======     =======

</TABLE>
         Information  regarding the contractual  maturities and weighted average
yield of the Company's mortgage-backed  securities portfolio at June 30, 1996 is
presented  below.  Due  to  repayments  of  the  underlying  loans,  the  actual
maturities of mortgage-backed  securities  generally are substantially less than
the scheduled maturities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Amounts at June 30, 1996 Which Mature In
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                      After Five
                                                    One Year        After One to         to               Over 10
                                                     or Less         Five Years       10 Years             Years             Total
                                                     -------         ----------       --------             -----             -----
                                                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>                <C>                <C>

FHLMC securities ...........................           $--             $-             $    93            $ 2,215            $ 2,308
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations ..............................            --             --                --               15,034             15,034
                                                       -----           ----           -------            -------            -------
     Total .................................           $--             $-             $    93            $17,249            $17,342
                                                       =====           ====           =======            =======            =======
Weighted average yield .....................            --%            --%               7.75%              6.51%              6.52
                                                       =====           ====           =======            =======            =======

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         The  following  table sets  forth the  purchases,  sales and  principal
repayments  of  the  Company  mortgage-backed   securities  during  the  periods
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        At or For the
                                                         Year Ended
                                                          June 30,
                                          -------------------------------------- 
                                             1996          1995           1994
                                          ---------    ----------     ---------- 
                                                  (Dollars In Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Mortgage-backed securities
 and CMOs at beginning of period .....    $ 18,355      $  3,440      $  2,378
Purchases ............................      14,721        15,309         1,963
Repayments ...........................      (2,970)         (439)         (796)
Sales ................................     (12,485)         --            --
Gain on sales ........................          17          --            --
Amortization of premiums, net ........         (90)           (5)           (4)
Change in unrealized loss on
  securities available for sale ......        (206)           50          (101)
                                          --------      --------      --------
Mortgage-backed securities
  and CMOs at end of period ..........    $ 17,342      $ 18,355      $  3,440
                                          ========      ========      ========
Weighted average yield at
  end of period ......................        6.52%         7.21%         7.50%
                                          ========      ========      ========

</TABLE>

Securities

         The  investment  policy of the  Company,  which is  established  by the
Investment  Committee  and  approved  by the  Board of  Directors,  is  designed
primarily to provide a portfolio of high quality,  diversified instruments while
seeking to optimize net interest  income  within  acceptable  limits of interest
rate risk, credit risk and liquidity.  Bank West is required to maintain certain
liquidity  ratios and does so by investing in securities  that qualify as liquid
assets  under  OTS   regulations.   See  "Regulation  -  The  Bank  -  Liquidity
Requirements"  for a description of such  regulations.  Such securities  include
obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government,  certain
federal agency obligations and certificates of deposit.

         Securities  (excluding  FHLB stock)  totalled  $7.4  million or 5.4% of
total assets at June 30, 1996. Such securities consist of U.S. government agency
securities and corporate  bonds.  The aggregate  market value of such securities
was $7.4 million at June 30, 1996. At June 30, 1996,  approximately $5.4 million
of securities  are  classified as available  for sale,  with the remaining  $2.0
million classified as held to maturity.

         The Company began trading equity securities in fiscal 1996. The gain on
trading  securities  is primarily  the result of trading  equity  securities  in
various  financial  institutions.  Although to date the Company's equity trading
strategy has been  successful,  there is no guarantee  that future  results will
equal the past fiscal year's  performance.  The  unrealized  loss  recognized on
securities  classified as trading was $5,813 at June 30, 1996.  The market value
of the Company's trading securities portfolio was $708,000 at June 30, 1996.
<PAGE>
         All of the Company's  marketable  equity securities were sold in fiscal
1994.  Such securities  consisted of mutual funds which invested in ARMs,  short
and intermediate-term U.S. government securities, and other debt securities.

         The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  relating to the
Company's securities portfolio (excluding  mortgage-backed  securities and CMOs)
at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          June 30,
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1996                        1995                         1994
                                                       ----------------------      ----------------------       --------------------
                                                       Carrying       Market       Carrying        Market       Carrying      Market
                                                        Value         Value         Value          Value         Value        Value
                                                        -----         -----         -----          -----         -----        -----
                                                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
U.S. Government agency securities ..............       $ 6,949       $ 6,951       $ 8,537       $ 8,525       $ 3,026       $ 2,937
Corporate bonds ................................           493           493         1,869         1,869          --            --
Municipal bonds ................................          --            --           1,000         1,003         1,004         1,008
FHLB stock .....................................         1,475         1,475         1,475         1,475           840           840
                                                       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
  Total ........................................       $ 8,917       $ 8,919       $12,881       $12,872       $ 4,870       $ 4,785
                                                       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

         The following  table sets forth the amount of  securities  which mature
during each of the periods  indicated and the weighted  average  yields for each
range of maturities at June 30, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Amounts at June 30, 1996 Which Mature In
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                     Over One                 Over Five
                                                                       Weighted        Year        Weighted     Years     Weighted
                                                       One Year         Average       Through      Average     Through     Average
                                                        or Less          Yield       Five Years     Yield     Ten Years    Yield
                                                        -------          -----       ----------     -----     ---------    -----
                                                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>              <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>  
Bonds and other debt securities:
  U.S. Government and
    federal agencies ...........................         $1,002            6.0%       $5,947        6.61%      $  --        --%
  Corporate bonds ..............................             --             --           493        5.90          --        --
                                                         ------           ----        ------        ----       -----        -- 
    Total ......................................         $1,002            6.0%       $6,440        6.55%      $  --        --%
                                                         ======           ====         ======       ====       =====       ===
Equity securities:
  FHLB stock(1) ................................         $1,475           7.60%       $   --          --%      $  --        --%

- ---------------------------

(1)      As a member  of the FHLB of  Indianapolis,  Bank  West is  required  to
         maintain its investment in FHLB stock, which has no stated maturity.
</TABLE>
         At June 30, 1996, the Company did not have securities in any one issuer
which exceeded more than 10% of the Company's retained earnings.

Interest-Bearing Deposits

         At  June  30,  1996,  the  Company  had  interest-bearing  deposits  at
financial  institutions  of $5.1  million,  as compared to $4.2 million and $4.0
million  at June 30,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  The  $900,000  increase  in
interest-bearing deposits from June 30, 1995 to June 30, 1996 is due to improved
cash management techniques.

Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits  are the  primary  source of Bank  West's  funds for
lending  and other  investment  purposes.  In addition  to  deposits,  Bank West
derives funds from principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities.
Loan repayments are a relatively  stable source of funds,  while deposit inflows
and outflows are  significantly  influenced by general  interest rates and money
market conditions. FHLB advances may be used to compensate for reductions in the
availability of funds from other sources. They may also be used on a longer-term
basis for general business purposes.

         Deposits.  Bank West's deposits are attracted  principally  from within
Bank West's  primary  market area through the  offering of a broad  selection of
deposit  instruments,  including NOW accounts,  money market  accounts,  regular
savings accounts, and term certificate accounts.
<PAGE>
Included  among  these  deposit  products  are  individual   retirement  account
certificates of approximately $7.2 million or 8.0% of total deposits at June 30,
1996.  Deposit  account  terms vary,  with the principal  differences  being the
minimum balance required,  the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and
the interest rate.

         The  following  table sets  forth  information  regarding  the types of
accounts offered by Bank West at June 30, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Minimum           Interest 
       Type of Account                            Opening Deposit         Rate
       ---------------                            ---------------         ----
<S>                                                <C>               <C>
Regular NOW accounts ..........................    $   300              2.75%
Gold NOW accounts(1) ..........................        500           2.75 - 4.00
Passbook accounts .............................        100              2.50
Basic statement savings .......................        100              3.00
Tiered statement savings(1) ...................      2,500           3.81 - 4.41
Certificates of deposit:
  3 to 5 months ...............................        500              4.43
  6 to 11 months ..............................        500              5.43
  12 to 23 months .............................        500              5.63
  24 to 35 months .............................        500              5.87
  36 to 47 months .............................        500              6.11
  48 to 59 months .............................        500              6.35
  60 months or more ...........................        500              6.59

- ----------------------

(1)      Represents a tiered account.
</TABLE>

         The  large  variety  of  deposit  accounts  offered  by Bank  West  has
increased  Bank  West's  ability to retain  deposits  and  allowed it to be more
competitive  in  obtaining  new  funds,  but has not  eliminated  the  threat of
disintermediation  (the flow of funds away from savings institutions into direct
investment vehicles such as government and corporate securities). During periods
of high interest rates,  deposit  accounts that have  adjustable  interest rates
have been more costly than traditional passbook accounts. In addition, Bank West
has become  increasingly  subject to short-term  fluctuations  in deposit flows.
Bank  West's  ability to attract and  maintain  deposits is affected by the rate
consciousness  of its  customers  and  their  willingness  to  move  funds  into
higher-yielding  accounts. Bank West's cost of funds has been, and will continue
to be, affected by money market conditions.
<PAGE>

         The  following  table  shows the  distribution  of, and  certain  other
information  relating  to,  Bank West's  deposits by type of deposit,  as of the
dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          June 30,
                                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                              1996                          1995                        1994
                                                    ------------------------      -----------------------      -------------------- 
                                                     Amount             %         Amount             %          Amount           %
                                                    --------         -------      -------         -------      -------       ------ 
                                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>
Certificate accounts:
  2.00% - 3.99% .............................        $    --             --%      $   188             .2%      $19,317         21.5%
  4.00% - 5.99% .............................         51,043           56.1        23,157           27.2        40,136         44.6
  6.00% - 7.99% .............................         17,351           19.1        40,535           47.6         6,287          7.0
  8.00% - 9.99% .............................             21             --            35             --           102           .1
                                                     -------          -----       -------          -----       -------        -----
    Total certificate accounts ..............         68,415           75.2        63,915           75.0        65,842         73.2
                                                     -------          -----       -------          -----       -------        -----
Transaction accounts:
  Passbook and statement savings ............         16,572           18.2        17,135           20.1        20,427         22.7
  Money market accounts .....................          1,031            1.1         2,118            2.5         2,293          2.5
  NOW accounts ..............................          5,010            5.5         2,012            2.4         1,398          1.6
                                                     -------          -----       -------          -----       -------        -----
    Total transaction accounts ..............         22,613           24.8        21,265           25.0        24,118         26.8
                                                     -------          -----       -------          -----       -------        -----
    Total deposits ..........................        $91,028          100.0%      $85,180          100.0%      $89,960        100.0%
                                                     =======          =====       =======          =====       =======        =====
</TABLE>

         The  following  table  presents  the  average  balance  of each type of
deposit  and the  average  rate paid on each  type of  deposit  for the  periods
indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year Ended June 30,
                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                      1996                         1995                        1994
                              --------------------        ----------------------      -------------------- 
                                           Average                       Average                   Average
                              Average        Rate         Average         Rate        Average       Rate
                              Balance        Paid         Balance         Paid        Balance       Paid
                              -------        ----         -------         ----        -------       ----
                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Passbook and statement
  savings accounts ....      $16,930         3.64%        $17,700        3.42%        $21,799       3.13%
Money market accounts
  and NOW accounts ....        4,711         2.22           4,511        3.59           2,679       3.14
Certificates of deposit       66,532         5.84          64,968        5.07          62,388       4.52
                             -------         ----         -------        ----         -------       ----
    Total .............      $88,173         5.22%        $87,179        4.66%        $86,866       4.13%
                             =======         ====         =======        ====         =======       ====

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

         The  following  table sets forth the savings  flows of Bank West during
the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year Ended June 30,
                                          --------------------------------------
                                            1996           1995            1994
                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>            <C>             <C>
Increase (decrease) before
   interest credited(1) ..........        $ 1,234        $(8,778)        $ 2,313
Interest credited ................          4,614          3,998           3,520
                                          -------        -------         -------
  Net increase (decrease)
    in deposits ..................        $ 5,848        $(4,780)        $ 5,833
                                          =======        =======         =======

- -----------------

(1)      Information  provided is net because  information  necessary to present
         the gross amounts of deposits and withdrawals is not readily available.
</TABLE>

         Bank West  attempts  to control  the flow of  deposits  by pricing  its
accounts to remain generally  competitive  with other financial  institutions in
its market area, but does not  necessarily  seek to match the highest rates paid
by competing institutions. Bank West has generally not taken a position of price
leadership in its markets  unless there has been an opportunity to market longer
term deposits.

         The principal methods used by Bank West to attract deposits include the
offering of a wide variety of services and accounts, competitive interest rates,
convenient  office locations and cards that access deposits at Bank West through
automatic teller machines ("ATMs")  established by other banking  organizations.
Bank West uses  traditional  marketing  methods to  attract  new  customers  and
deposits, including mass media advertising and direct mailings.

         The  following   table  sets  forth  the   maturities  of  Bank  West's
certificates of deposit having principal amounts of $100,000 or more at June 30,
1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Quarter Ending:                                                     Amounts
                                                                (In Thousands)
<S>                                                                <C>
September 30, 1996 .........................................       $ 2,415
December 31, 1996 ..........................................         2,138
March 31, 1997 .............................................         1,404
June 30, 1997 ..............................................         1,209
After June 30, 1997 ........................................         3,006
                                                                   -------
  Total certificates of deposit with
    balances of $100,000 or more ...........................       $10,172
                                                                   =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         Borrowings. Bank West may obtain advances from the FHLB of Indianapolis
based upon the  security of the common stock it owns in that bank and certain of
its  residential  mortgage  loans,  investment  securities  and  mortgage-backed
securities,  provided certain  standards  related to credit worthiness have been
met. See  "Regulation - The Bank - Federal Home Loan Bank System." Such advances
are made pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest
rate and range of  maturities.  Such  advances are  generally  available to meet
seasonal  and other  withdrawals  of deposit  accounts  and to permit  increased
lending.  At June 30, 1996,  Bank West had $6.0 million of  short-term  advances
from the FHLB of Indianapolis, $5.0 million of which mature in the quarter ended
September  30, 1996,  and $13.0 million of long-term  variable  rate  borrowings
which have  maturities  between  1997 and 2001.  See Note 8 to the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements in the 1996 Annual Report for additional  information.  In
fiscal 1995,  the Bank utilized  $14.5  million of the  long-term  borrowings to
purchase adjustable-rate  mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage
obligations. This strategy was implemented to earn a positive spread during both
an increasing or decreasing  interest  rate  environment  and to supplement  the
decline in  adjustable-rate  loan volume.  In addition,  in fiscal 1995 the Bank
utilized  $3.0  million of  long-term  variable  rate FHLB  borrowings  to repay
short-term FHLB borrowings  bearing a higher interest rate.  During fiscal 1996,
the Bank reduced  short-term  advances by $1.4 million and long-term advances by
$4.5 million with excess liquidity generated from deposit growth.

         The following table sets forth certain  information  regarding borrowed
funds at or for the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                        At or for the Year
                                                          Ended June 30,
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              1996          1995           1994
                                            ------          ----           ----
                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>
FHLB advances:
  Average balance outstanding ........      $22,236       $10,759       $ 2,583
  Maximum amount outstanding
    at any month-end during
    the period .......................      $25,473       $24,922       $ 5,000
  Balance outstanding at end
    of period ........................      $19,000       $24,922       $ 5,000
  Average interest rate
    during the period ................         5.96%         5.55%         3.87%
  Weighted average interest rate
    at end of period .................         5.60%         6.23%         5.23%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Subsidiaries

         OTS regulations permit the Bank to invest up to 2% of its assets in the
capital  stock of,  and  secured  and  unsecured  loans to,  subsidiary  service
corporations,  and an additional 1% of its assets when the additional  funds are
utilized for community or inner-city purposes. In addition,  federally-chartered
savings  institutions  which are in  compliance  with their  minimum  regulatory
capital  requirements also may make conforming loans to service  corporations in
which the  institution  owns or holds more than 10% of the  capital  stock or to
joint ventures of such service  corporations in an aggregate amount of up to 50%
of  the  institutions'  regulatory  capital.  OTS  regulations  also  limit  the
aggregate  amount of direct  investments,  including  loans,  by a  SAIF-insured
institution in real estate,  service  corporations,  operating  subsidiaries and
equity securities as defined therein.  At June 30, 1996, the Bank had one wholly
owned subsidiary which is inactive.

Competition

         Bank West faces significant competition both in attracting deposits and
in making loans. Some of the Bank's major competitors include NBD Bank, Comerica
Bank,  Michigan  National Bank,  Old Kent Bank and Trust  Company,  and First of
America Bank.  Its most direct  competition  for deposits has come  historically
from commercial banks, credit unions and other savings  institutions  located in
its primary market area, including many large financial  institutions which have
greater financial and marketing resources  available to them. In addition,  Bank
West  faces  additional  significant   competition  for  investors'  funds  from
short-term  money market  mutual funds and issuers of corporate  and  government
securities. Bank West competes for deposits principally by offering depositors a
variety of deposit  programs.  Bank West does not rely upon any individual group
or entity for a material  portion of its deposits.  The Bank  estimates that its
market share of total deposits in Kent County, Michigan is approximately 1%.

         Bank West's  competition for real estate loans comes  principally  from
mortgage banking  companies,  commercial  banks and other savings  institutions.
Bank West competes for loan  originations  primarily  through the interest rates
and loan fees it charges, and the efficiency and quality of services it provides
borrowers  and real estate  brokers.  Factors which affect  competition  include
general  and  local  economic  conditions,  current  interest  rate  levels  and
volatility in the mortgage markets.  The Bank estimates that its market share of
total mortgage loans secured by properties  located in Kent County,  Michigan is
approximately 3%.

Employees

         Bank West and its  subsidiaries  had 44  full-time  employees  and nine
part-time  employees at June 30, 1996. None of these employees is represented by
a  collective  bargaining  agent,  and Bank West  believes  that it enjoys  good
relations with its personnel.
<PAGE>
                                   REGULATION

The Company

         General.  The Company, as a registered savings and loan holding company
within the  meaning of the Home  Owners'  Loan Act  ("HOLA"),  is subject to OTS
regulations,   examinations,   supervision  and  reporting  requirements.  As  a
subsidiary  of a savings  and loan  holding  company,  Bank West is  subject  to
certain restrictions in its dealings with the Company and affiliates thereof.

         Activities  Restrictions.  There are generally no  restrictions  on the
activities of a savings and loan holding company which holds only one subsidiary
savings  institution.  However, if the Director of the OTS determines that there
is  reasonable  cause to believe  that the  continuation  by a savings  and loan
holding  company of an  activity  constitutes  a serious  risk to the  financial
safety,  soundness or  stability  of its  subsidiary  savings  institution,  the
Director may impose such  restrictions as deemed necessary to address such risk,
including  limiting (i) payment of dividends  by the savings  institution;  (ii)
transactions  between the savings institution and its affiliates;  and (iii) any
activities of the savings  institution that might create a serious risk that the
liabilities  of the  holding  company and its  affiliates  may be imposed on the
savings institution.  Notwithstanding the above rules as to permissible business
activities  of  unitary  savings  and loan  holding  companies,  if the  savings
institution  subsidiary of such a holding company fails to meet the QTL test, as
discussed  under "- The Bank - Qualified  Thrift Lender Test," then such unitary
holding  company  also  shall  become  subject  to the  activities  restrictions
applicable  to  multiple  savings and loan  holding  companies  and,  unless the
savings  institution  requalifies  as a QTL  within one year  thereafter,  shall
register  as,  and  become  subject to the  restrictions  applicable  to, a bank
holding company. See "- The Bank - Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

         If the Company were to acquire control of another savings  institution,
other than through  merger or other  business  combination  with Bank West,  the
Company  would  thereupon  become a multiple  savings and loan holding  company.
Except where such acquisition is pursuant to the authority to approve  emergency
thrift  acquisitions and where each subsidiary savings institution meets the QTL
test,  as set  forth  below,  the  activities  of  the  Company  and  any of its
subsidiaries  (other than Bank West or other  subsidiary  savings  institutions)
would  thereafter be subject to further  restrictions.  Among other  things,  no
multiple  savings and loan holding company or subsidiary  thereof which is not a
savings  institution  shall  commence or continue  for a limited  period of time
after becoming a multiple savings and loan holding company or subsidiary thereof
any business activity,  upon prior notice to, and no objection by the OTS, other
than: (i) furnishing or performing  management services for a subsidiary savings
institution;  (ii)  conducting  an insurance  agency or escrow  business;  (iii)
holding,  managing, or liquidating assets owned by or acquired from a subsidiary
savings  institution;  (iv) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a
subsidiary savings institution; (v) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; (vi)
those  activities  authorized by regulation as of March 5, 1987 to be engaged in
by multiple savings and loan holding companies;  or (vii) unless the Director of
the OTS by regulation  prohibits or limits such  activities for savings and loan
holding  companies,  those  activities  authorized by the FRB as permissible for
bank holding companies.  Those activities  described in (vii) above also must be
approved  by the  Director  of the OTS prior to being  engaged  in by a multiple
savings and loan holding company.
<PAGE>
         Limitations  on  Transactions  with  Affiliates.  Transactions  between
savings  institutions  and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of
the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a savings institution is any company or
entity which  controls,  is  controlled  by or is under common  control with the
savings institution. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of
a  savings  institution  (such  as the  Company)  and any  companies  which  are
controlled  by  such  parent  holding  company  are  affiliates  of the  savings
institution.  Generally,  Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the
savings  institution or its  subsidiaries  may engage in "covered  transactions"
with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such  institution's  capital
stock and surplus,  and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with
all  affiliates  to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and
(ii) require that all such  transactions be on terms  substantially the same, or
at least as favorable,  to the  institution or subsidiary as those provided to a
non-affiliate.  The term  "covered  transaction"  includes  the making of loans,
purchase of assets,  issuance of a guarantee and other similar transactions.  In
addition  to the  restrictions  imposed  by  Sections  23A and 23B,  no  savings
institution may (i) loan or otherwise extend credit to an affiliate,  except for
any affiliate  which engages only in activities  which are  permissible for bank
holding companies, or (ii) purchase or invest in any stocks, bonds,  debentures,
notes or similar  obligations of any affiliate,  except for affiliates which are
subsidiaries of the savings institution.

         In addition,  Sections  22(h) and (g) of the Federal  Reserve Act place
restrictions   on  loans  to  executive   officers,   directors   and  principal
stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, an executive officer and
to a  greater  than  10%  stockholder  of a  savings  institution,  and  certain
affiliated  interests  of  either,  may not  exceed,  together  with  all  other
outstanding  loans  to  such  person  and  affiliated  interests,   the  savings
institution's  loans  to  one  borrower  limit  (generally  equal  to 15% of the
institution's unimpaired capital and surplus).  Section 22(h) also requires that
loans to directors,  executive  officers and principal  stockholders  be made on
terms  substantially  the same as offered in  comparable  transactions  to other
persons and also requires prior board  approval for certain loans.  In addition,
the aggregate  amount of extensions  of credit by a savings  institution  to all
insiders  cannot  exceed  the  institution's  unimpaired  capital  and  surplus.
Furthermore,  Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive
officers.  At June  30,  1996,  Bank  West  was in  compliance  with  the  above
restrictions.

         Restrictions  on  Acquisitions.  Except  under  limited  circumstances,
savings and loan holding companies are prohibited from acquiring,  without prior
approval  of  the  Director  of the  OTS,  (i)  control  of  any  other  savings
institution or savings and loan holding company or substantially  all the assets
thereof or (ii) more than 5% of the voting  shares of a savings  institution  or
holding  company  thereof  which is not a  subsidiary.  Except  with  the  prior
approval  of the  Director  of the OTS,  no director or officer of a savings and
loan holding  company or person owning or controlling by proxy or otherwise more
than  25%  of  such  company's   stock,  may  acquire  control  of  any  savings
institution,  other  than a  subsidiary  savings  institution,  or of any  other
savings and loan holding company.
<PAGE>
         The Director of the OTS may only approve acquisitions  resulting in the
formation of a multiple  savings and loan holding company which controls savings
institutions in more than one state if (i) the multiple savings and loan holding
company involved controls a savings  institution which operated a home or branch
office  located in the state of the  institution  to be  acquired as of March 5,
1987;  (ii) the  acquiror  is  authorized  to  acquire  control  of the  savings
institution  pursuant to the  emergency  acquisition  provisions  of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA");  or (iii) the statutes of the state in which the
institution to be acquired is located  specifically  permit  institutions  to be
acquired  by the  state-chartered  institutions  or  savings  and  loan  holding
companies  located in the state where the  acquiring  entity is located (or by a
holding company that controls such state-chartered savings institutions).

         Under the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956,  the FRB is  authorized to
approve an application by a bank holding company to acquire control of a savings
institution.  In  addition,  a bank  holding  company  that  controls  a savings
institution  may merge or consolidate  the assets and liabilities of the savings
institution  with, or transfer  assets and  liabilities  to, any subsidiary bank
which is a member of the Bank  Insurance  Fund  ("BIF") with the approval of the
appropriate federal banking agency and the FRB. As a result of these provisions,
there have been a number of acquisitions of savings institutions by bank holding
companies in recent years.

The Bank

         General.  The  OTS has  extensive  authority  over  the  operations  of
federally  chartered savings  institutions.  As part of this authority,  savings
institutions  are required to file periodic reports with the OTS and are subject
to periodic  examinations  by the OTS and the FDIC.  The  investment and lending
authority  of  savings   institutions   are   prescribed  by  federal  laws  and
regulations,   and  such  institutions  are  prohibited  from  engaging  in  any
activities  not  permitted  by  such  laws  and  regulations.   Those  laws  and
regulations   generally  are  applicable  to  all  federally  chartered  savings
institutions and may also apply to state-chartered  savings  institutions.  Such
regulation  and  supervision  is  primarily   intended  for  the  protection  of
depositors.

         The OTS' enforcement  authority over all savings institutions and their
holding  companies  includes,  among other  things,  the ability to assess civil
money  penalties,  to issue  cease and desist or removal  orders and to initiate
injunctive actions.  In general,  these enforcement actions may be initiated for
violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or
unsound  practices.  Other  actions  or  inactions  may  provide  the  basis for
enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the OTS.

         On  December  19,  1991,  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation
Improvement  Act of 1991  ("FDICIA")  was enacted into law. The FDICIA  provides
for, among other things, the  recapitalization  of the BIF; the authorization of
the FDIC to make  emergency  special  assessments  under  certain  circumstances
against BIF members and members of the SAIF;  the  establishment  of  risk-based
deposit   insurance   premiums;   and  improved   examinations   and   reporting
requirements.  The FDICIA also  provides for  enhanced  federal  supervision  of
depository  institutions based on, among other things, an institution's  capital
level. See " Prompt Corrective Action."
<PAGE>
         Insurance  of  Accounts.  The  deposits of Bank West are insured to the
maximum extent permitted by the SAIF, which is administered by the FDIC, and are
backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. As insurer, the FDIC
is  authorized  to  conduct  examinations  of,  and  to  require  reporting  by,
FDIC-insured  institutions.  It also may prohibit any  FDIC-insured  institution
from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose
a serious  threat  to the FDIC.  The FDIC  also has the  authority  to  initiate
enforcement  actions  against  savings  institutions,  after  giving  the OTS an
opportunity to take such action.

         Under current FDIC regulations,  SAIF-insured institutions are assigned
to one of three  capital  groups  which  are  based  solely  on the  level of an
institution's   capital--"well   capitalized,"   "adequately  capitalized,"  and
"undercapitalized"--which  are  defined  in the same  manner as the  regulations
establishing the prompt  corrective  action system under Section 38 of the FDIA,
as discussed  below.  These three  groups are then divided into three  subgroups
which  reflect  varying  levels of  supervisory  concern,  from those  which are
considered  to be healthy to those  which are  considered  to be of  substantial
supervisory  concern.  The matrix so created  results  in nine  assessment  risk
classifications,  with rates  ranging  from .23% for well  capitalized,  healthy
institutions  to  .31%  for   undercapitalized   institutions  with  substantial
supervisory  concerns.  The  insurance  premiums  for  Bank  West  for  the  two
semi-annual  periods in each of calendar  1994,  calendar 1995 and calendar 1996
were .23% (per annum) of insured deposits.

         Both the SAIF and the BIF are statutorily  required to be recapitalized
to a ratio  of 1.25% of  insured  reserve  deposits.  The BIF has  achieved  the
required reserve ratio, and, as discussed below, the FDIC recently substantially
reduced the average  deposit  insurance  premium paid by BIF-insured  banks to a
level substantially below the average paid by savings institutions.

         On November 14, 1995, the FDIC approved a final rule regarding  deposit
insurance  premiums.  The final rule reduced deposit insurance  premiums for BIF
member  institutions  to zero basis  points  (subject to a $2,000  minimum)  for
institutions  in the lowest  risk  category,  while  holding  deposit  insurance
premiums  for  SAIF  members  at their  current  levels  (23  basis  points  for
institutions  in the lowest risk  category).  The reduction  was effective  with
respect  to  the  semiannual  premium  assessment  beginning  January  1,  1996.
Accordingly,  in the absence of further legislative action, SAIF members such as
Bank West will be competitively disadvantaged as compared to commercial banks by
the resulting premium differential.

         The U.S. House of Representatives  and Senate have actively  considered
legislation  which  would  have  eliminated  the  premium  differential  between
SAIF-insured  institutions and BIF-insured  institutions by  recapitalizing  the
SAIF's  reserves to the  required  ratio.  The proposed  legislation  would have
required all SAIF member  institutions to pay a special  one-time  assessment to
recapitalize  the SAIF,  which in the  aggregate  would have been  sufficient to
bring the reserve ratio for the SAIF to 1.25% of insured deposits.  Based on the
current level of reserves  maintained by the SAIF, it was  anticipated  that the
amount of the special  assessment  required to recapitalize  the SAIF would have
been approximately 85 to 90 basis points of the  SAIF-assessable  deposits as of
March 31, 1995. It was also anticipated that after the  recapitalization  of the
SAIF, premiums paid by SAIF-insured institutions would be reduced to match those
currently being assessed BIF-insured institutions. The legislation also provided
for the merger of the BIF and the SAIF, with such merger being  conditioned upon
the prior elimination of the thrift charter.
<PAGE>
         The legislation  discussed  above had been, for some time,  included as
part of a fiscal 1996 federal budget bill, but was eliminated  prior to the bill
being enacted on April 26, 1996. In light of the  legislation's  elimination and
the uncertainty of the legislative process generally,  management cannot predict
whether  legislation  reducing SAIF premiums and/or imposing a special  one-time
assessment will be adopted,  or, if adopted,  the amount of the  assessment,  if
any, that would be imposed on the Company.

         If  legislation  were to be enacted in the future  which would assess a
one-time special  assessment of up to 90 basis points,  the Company would (based
upon the Company's SAIF deposits as of March 31, 1996) incur an adverse earnings
impact of up to approximately  $758,000,  gross of related tax benefits, if any.
In  addition,  the  enactment  of such  legislation  might  have the  effect  of
immediately reducing the Company's capital by such an amount.

         The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured  depository
institution,  including  Bank West,  if it  determines  after a hearing that the
institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices,  is in an
unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations,  or has  violated  any
applicable law, regulation,  order or any condition imposed by an agreement with
the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance  temporarily  during the hearing
process for the permanent  termination of insurance,  if the  institution has no
tangible  capital.  If insurance of accounts is terminated,  the accounts at the
institution at the time of the termination,  less subsequent withdrawals,  shall
continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by
the FDIC. Management is aware of no existing circumstances which would result in
termination of the Bank's deposit insurance.

         Regulatory Capital Requirements. Federally insured savings institutions
are  required to maintain  minimum  levels of  regulatory  capital.  The OTS has
established  capital  standards  applicable to all savings  institutions.  These
standards generally must be as stringent as the comparable capital  requirements
imposed  on  national  banks.  The OTS  also is  authorized  to  impose  capital
requirements  in excess  of these  standards  on  individual  institutions  on a
case-by-case basis.

         Current OTS capital standards  require savings  institutions to satisfy
three  different   capital   requirements.   Under  these   standards,   savings
institutions must maintain "tangible" capital equal to at least 1.5% of adjusted
total assets, "core" capital equal to at least 3.0% of adjusted total assets and
"total" capital (a combination of core and "supplementary"  capital) equal to at
least 8.0% of  "risk-weighted"  assets.  For  purposes of the  regulation,  core
capital generally consists of common  stockholders'  equity (including  retained
earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority
interests in the equity  accounts of fully  consolidated  subsidiaries,  certain
nonwithdrawable  accounts  and  pledged  deposits  and  "qualifying  supervisory
goodwill."  Tangible  capital is given the same  definition  as core capital but
does not include qualifying supervisory goodwill and is reduced by the amount of
all the savings  institution's  intangible assets, with only a limited exception
for  purchased  mortgage  servicing  rights.  Bank West had no goodwill or other
intangible  assets at June 30,  1996  which are  required  to be  considered  in
computing regulatory capital. Both core and tangible capital are further reduced
by an amount equal to a savings  institution's  debt and equity  investments  in
subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible to national banks (other than
subsidiaries  engaged in  activities  undertaken  as agent for  customers  or in
mortgage  banking  activities and subsidiary  depository  institutions  or their
holding  companies).  These  adjustments  do not affect Bank  West's  regulatory
capital.
<PAGE>
        In determining  compliance with the risk-based capital  requirement,  a
savings  institution  is allowed to include both core capital and  supplementary
capital in its total capital,  provided that the amount of supplementary capital
included does not exceed the savings  institution's core capital.  Supplementary
capital generally consists of hybrid capital  instruments;  perpetual  preferred
stock which is not eligible to be included as core  capital;  subordinated  debt
and intermediate-term preferred stock; and general allowances for loan losses up
to a maximum of 1.25% of  risk-weighted  assets.  In  determining  the  required
amount of risk-based capital, total assets,  including certain off-balance sheet
items,  are  multiplied by a risk weight based on the risks inherent in the type
of assets.  The risk weights  assigned by the OTS for  principal  categories  of
assets  are (i) 0% for cash and  securities  issued  by the U.S.  Government  or
unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government; (ii)
20%  for   securities   (other   than   equity   securities)   issued   by  U.S.
Government-sponsored agencies and mortgage-backed securities issued by, or fully
guaranteed  as to principal  and interest by, the FNMA or the FHLMC,  except for
those  classes  with  residual  characteristics  or  stripped   mortgage-related
securities;  (iii) 50% for prudently  underwritten permanent one- to four-family
first  lien  mortgage  loans  not  more  than 90 days  delinquent  and  having a
loan-to-value  ratio of not more than 80% at origination  unless insured to such
ratio by an insurer approved by the FNMA or the
FHLMC, qualifying residential bridge loans made directly for the construction of
one- to four-family  residences and qualifying  multi-family  residential loans;
and (iv) 100% for all other loans and  investments,  including  consumer  loans,
commercial  loans,  and one- to four-family  residential  real estate loans more
than 90 days delinquent, and for repossessed assets.

         In  August  1993,  the  OTS  adopted  a  final  rule  incorporating  an
interest-rate risk component into the risk-based capital  regulation.  Under the
rule, an  institution  with a greater than "normal"  level of interest rate risk
will be subject to a deduction of its interest  rate risk  component  from total
capital for purposes of calculating its risk-based capital. As a result, such an
institution will be required to maintain  additional  capital in order to comply
with the risk-based  capital  requirement.  An  institution  with a greater than
"normal"  interest  rate risk is defined as an  institution  that would suffer a
loss of net portfolio  value  exceeding 2.0% of the estimated  economic value of
its assets in the event of a 200 basis point  increase or decrease (with certain
minor  exceptions) in interest  rates.  The interest rate risk component will be
calculated,  on a quarterly  basis,  as one-half  of the  difference  between an
institution's  measured  interest rate risk and 2.0%  multiplied by the economic
value of its assets.  The rule also  authorizes  the Director of the OTS, or his
designee,  to waive or defer an institution's  interest rate risk component on a
case-by-case  basis.  The final rule was  originally  effective as of January 1,
1994,  subject however to a two quarter "lag" time between the reporting date of
the data used to calculate an institution's interest rate risk and the effective
date of each quarter's  interest rate risk component.  However,  in October 1994
the Director of the OTS indicated that it would waive the capital deductions for
institutions  with a greater  than  "normal"  risk  until the OTS  published  an
appeals  process.  On August 21, 1995, the OTS released Thrift Bulletin 67 which
established (i) an appeals process to handle  "requests for  adjustments" to the
interest  rate risk  component  and (ii) a process  by which  "well-capitalized"
institutions may obtain  authorization to use their own interest rate risk model
to  determine  their  interest  rate risk  component.  The  Director  of the OTS
indicated,  concurrent with the release of Thrift Bulletin 67, that the OTS will
continue to delay the  implementation of the capital deduction for interest rate
risk pending the testing of the appeals process set forth in Thrift Bulletin 67.
<PAGE>
        Effective  November 28, 1994, the OTS revised its interim policy issued
in August  1993 under  which  savings  institutions  computed  their  regulatory
capital in accordance with SFAS No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities." Under the revised OTS policy,  savings institutions
must  value  securities  available  for sale at  amortized  cost for  regulatory
capital  purposes.  This means that in  computing  regulatory  capital,  savings
institutions  should add back any  unrealized  losses and deduct any  unrealized
gains, net of income taxes, on debt securities  reported as a separate component
of GAAP capital.

         At June 30,  1996,  Bank West  exceeded all of its  regulatory  capital
requirements,  with tangible, core and risk-based capital ratios of 15.4%, 15.4%
and 31.4%,  respectively.  The following table sets forth Bank West's compliance
with each of the above-described capital requirements as of June 30, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Tangible        Core        Risk-Based
                                                     Capital      Capital(1)    Capital(2)
                                                     -------      ----------    ----------
                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Capital under GAAP ...........................      $19,978       $19,978       $19,978

Additional capital items:

 Unrealized loss on securities available
   securities available for sale, net of taxes          192           192           192

  General valuation allowances(3) ............                                      166
                                                    -------       -------       -------
Regulatory capital ...........................       20,170        20,170        20,336

Minimum required regulatory capital(4) .......        1,971         3,941         5,189
                                                    -------       -------       -------
Excess regulatory capital ....................      $18,199       $16,229       $15,147
                                                    =======       =======       =======

Regulatory capital as a percentage ...........        15.40%        15.40%        31.40%

Minimum capital required as a
   percentage(4) .............................         1.50%         3.00%         8.00%
                                                    -------       -------       -------
Regulatory capital as a percentage
 in excess of requirements ...................        13.90%        12.40%        23.40%
                                                    =======       =======       =======
- -----------------------------
(1)  Does not reflect the 4.0% requirement to be met in order for an institution
     to be "adequately capitalized." See "- Prompt Corrective Action."

(2)  Does not reflect the interest-rate risk component in the risk-based capital
     requirement,  the effective  date of which has been  postponed as discussed
     above.

(3)  General valuation allowances are only used in the calculation of risk-based
     capital. Such allowances are limited to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

(4)  Tangible and core capital are  computed as a percentage  of adjusted  total
     assets of $131.4 million. Risk-based capital is computed as a percentage of
     adjusted risk-weighted assets of $64.9 million.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         Any savings  institution that fails any of the capital  requirements is
subject to possible  enforcement  actions by the OTS or the FDIC.  Such  actions
could  include a  capital  directive,  a cease and  desist  order,  civil  money
penalties,  the establishment of restrictions on the  institution's  operations,
termination of federal deposit insurance and the appointment of a conservator or
receiver.  The OTS'  capital  regulation  provides  that such  actions,  through
enforcement proceedings or otherwise,  could require one or more of a variety of
corrective actions.

         Prompt Corrective Action. Under Section 38 of the FDIA, as added by the
FDICIA, each federal banking agency was required to implement a system of prompt
corrective  action for  institutions  which it  regulates.  The federal  banking
agencies,  including  the OTS,  adopted  substantially  similar  regulations  to
implement  Section 38 of the FDIA,  effective as of December 19, 1992. Under the
regulations,  an  institution is deemed to be (i) "well  capitalized"  if it has
total risk-based capital of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
of 6.0% or more, has a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio of 5.0% or more and is not
subject to any order or final capital  directive to meet and maintain a specific
capital level for any capital measure, (ii) "adequately capitalized" if it has a
total  risk-based  capital  ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1  risk-based  capital
ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0%
under  certain  circumstances)  and  does  not  meet  the  definition  of  "well
capitalized,"  (iii)  "undercapitalized"  if it has a total  risk-based  capital
ratio that is less than 8.0%,  a Tier 1  risk-based  capital  ratio that is less
than 4.0% or a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under
certain circumstances),  (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total
risk-based  capital  ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1  risk-based  capital
ratio  that is less than 3.0% or a Tier 1  leverage  capital  ratio that is less
than 3.0%, and (v) "critically  undercapitalized"  if it has a ratio of tangible
equity to total  assets  that is equal to or less  than  2.0%.  Under  specified
circumstances,  a federal  banking  agency  may  reclassify  a well  capitalized
institution as adequately  capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized
institution  or an  undercapitalized  institution  to  comply  with  supervisory
actions as if it were in the next lower  category  (except that the FDIC may not
reclassify  a   significantly   undercapitalized   institution   as   critically
undercapitalized).

         An institution  generally must file a written capital  restoration plan
which meets specified  requirements  with an appropriate  federal banking agency
within 45 days of the date that the institution  receives notice or is deemed to
have  notice  that it is  undercapitalized,  significantly  undercapitalized  or
critically   undercapitalized.   A  federal  banking  agency  must  provide  the
institution with written notice of approval or disapproval  within 60 days after
receiving a capital  restoration  plan,  subject to extensions by the agency. An
institution  which  is  required  to  submit a  capital  restoration  plan  must
concurrently  submit a  performance  guaranty by each company that  controls the
institution. In addition,  undercapitalized  institutions are subject to various
regulatory  restrictions,  and the  appropriate  federal banking agency also may
take any number of discretionary supervisory actions.

         At June 30, 1996, Bank West was deemed a well  capitalized  institution
for  purposes of the above  regulations  and as such is not subject to the above
mentioned restrictions.
<PAGE>
         Safety and Soundness.  On November 18, 1993, a joint notice of proposed
rulemaking was issued by the OTS, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency and the Federal Reserve Board (collectively, the "agencies") concerning
standards  for safety and  soundness  required to be  prescribed  by  regulation
pursuant to Section 39 of the FDIA.  In  general,  the  standards  relate to (1)
operational  and  managerial  matters;  (2) asset quality and earnings;  and (3)
compensation. The operational and managerial standards cover
(a) internal controls and information  systems,  (b) internal audit system,  (c)
loan documentation,  (d) credit  underwriting,  (e) interest rate risk exposure,
(f) asset growth,  and (g) compensation,  fees and benefits.  Under the proposed
asset  quality and earnings  standards,  Bank West would be required to maintain
(1) a  maximum  ratio  of  classified  assets  (assets  classified  substandard,
doubtful and to the extent that related losses have not been recognized,  assets
classified loss) to total capital of 1.0, and (2) minimum earnings sufficient to
absorb losses without impairing capital.  The last ratio concerning market value
to book value was  determined by the agencies not to be feasible.  Finally,  the
proposed  compensation  standard  states that  compensation  will be  considered
excessive if it is unreasonable  or  disproportionate  to the services  actually
performed by the individual being compensated.  Legislation enacted in 1994: (1)
authorizes  the  agencies  to  establish  safety  and  soundness   standards  by
regulation or guideline for all insured depository  institutions;  (2) gives the
agencies greater flexibility in prescribing asset quality and earnings standards
by eliminating the requirement that agencies establish  quantitative  standards;
and (3) eliminates the requirement that the standards  referenced above apply to
depository  institution  holding companies.  The agencies have published a final
rule  and  interagency  guidelines  ("Guidelines"),  as well as  proposed  asset
quality  and  earning  standards  which  will be  added to the  Guidelines  when
finalized. The final rule and Guidelines became effective on August 9, 1995.

         Under the Guidelines  and final rule of the OTS, if an insured  savings
institution  fails to meet any of the standards  promulgated by the  Guidelines,
then the OTS may require  such  institution  to submit a plan within 30 days (or
such different period specified by the OTS) specifying the steps it will take to
correct  the  deficiency.  In the event that an  institution  fails to submit or
fails in any material  respect to  implement a  compliance  plan within the time
allowed by the OTS, the OTS must order the institution to correct the deficiency
and may (1) restrict asset growth;  (2) require the  institution to increase its
ratio of tangible equity to assets;  (3) restrict the rates of interest that the
institution  may pay; or (4) take any other  action that would  better carry out
the  purpose  of prompt  corrective  action.  Bank West  believes  that it is in
compliance with the Guidelines and final rule as adopted.

         Liquidity  Requirements.  All  savings  institutions  are  required  to
maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets equal to a certain percentage
of the sum of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and
borrowings payable in one year or less. The liquidity  requirement may vary from
time to time (between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings
flows of all savings  institutions.  At the present time,  the required  minimum
liquid  asset ratio is 5%. At June 30,  1996,  Bank West's  liquidity  ratio was
16.94%.
<PAGE>
         Capital Distributions.  OTS regulations govern capital distributions by
savings  institutions,  which  include  cash  dividends,  stock  redemptions  or
repurchases, cash-out mergers, interest payments on certain convertible debt and
other  transactions  charged to the capital account of a savings  institution to
make capital distributions.  Generally, the regulation creates a safe harbor for
specified levels of capital  distributions  from  institutions  meeting at least
their minimum capital requirements,  so long as such institutions notify the OTS
and receive no objection to the distribution from the OTS. Savings  institutions
and distributions that do not qualify for the safe harbor are required to obtain
prior OTS approval before making any capital distributions.

         Generally,  a savings  institution  that before and after the  proposed
distribution  meets or exceeds its fully phased-in capital  requirements (Tier 1
institutions) may make capital  distributions  during any calendar year equal to
the higher of (i) 100% of net income for the calendar  year-to-date  plus 50% of
its "surplus capital ratio" at the beginning of the calendar year or (ii) 75% of
net income over the most recent four-quarter period. The "surplus capital ratio"
is  defined to mean the  percentage  by which the  institution's  ratio of total
capital to assets exceeds the ratio of its fully phased-in  capital  requirement
to  assets.  "Fully  phased-in  capital  requirement"  is  defined  to  mean  an
institution's  capital requirement under the statutory and regulatory  standards
applicable  on  December  31,  1994,  as  modified  to  reflect  any  applicable
individual minimum capital requirement imposed upon the institution.  Failure to
meet fully  phased-in  or minimum  capital  requirements  will result in further
restrictions on capital  distributions,  including possible  prohibition without
explicit OTS approval. See "- Regulatory Capital Requirements."

         Tier 2 institutions,  which are institutions  that before and after the
proposed  distribution  meet or exceed their minimum capital  requirements,  may
make  capital  distributions  up to a specified  percentage  of their net income
during  the  most  recent  four  quarter  period,  depending  on how  close  the
institution  is to meeting  its fully  phased-in  capital  requirements.  Tier 3
institutions,  which are  institutions  that do not meet current minimum capital
requirements, or which have been otherwise notified by the OTS that they will be
treated as a Tier 3  institution  because  they are in need of more than  normal
supervision, cannot make any capital distribution without obtaining OTS approval
prior to making such distributions.

         In order to make  distributions  under these safe  harbors,  Tier 1 and
Tier 2  institutions  must  submit  30 days  written  notice to the OTS prior to
making the  distribution.  The OTS may object to the  distribution  during  that
30-day  period based on safety and  soundness  concerns.  In addition,  a Tier 1
institution  deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by the OTS may
be  downgraded  to a  Tier  2 or  Tier  3  institution  as a  result  of  such a
determination. At June 30, 1996, Bank West was a Tier 1 institution for purposes
of this regulation.

         On December 5, 1994, the OTS published a notice of proposed  rulemaking
to amend its capital distribution regulation.  Under the proposal,  institutions
would be permitted to only make capital  distributions  that would not result in
their  capital  being  reduced  below the level  required to remain  "adequately
capitalized,"  as defined above under "-Prompt  Corrective  Action." Because the
Bank will be a subsidiary of a holding  company,  the proposal would require the
Bank to provide notice to the OTS of its intent to make a capital  distribution.
The Bank does not believe that the proposal will adversely affect its ability to
make capital distributions if it is adopted substantially as proposed.
<PAGE>
         Loans to One Borrower.  The permissible amount of loans-to-one borrower
now  generally  follows the national bank standard for all loans made by savings
institutions.  The national bank standard generally does not permit loans-to-one
borrower  to exceed the greater of  $500,000  or 15% of  unimpaired  capital and
surplus. At June 30, 1996, the 15% limit for the Bank was $3.0 million,  and the
Bank did not have any loans to one borrower in excess of such  amount.  Loans in
an amount equal to an additional 10% of unimpaired  capital and surplus also may
be made to a  borrower  if the loans are fully  secured  by  readily  marketable
collateral.

         Classified  Assets.  Federal  regulations  require  that  each  insured
savings  institution  classify its assets on a regular  basis.  In addition,  in
connection with  examinations of insured  institutions,  federal  examiners have
authority to identify  problem assets and, if appropriate,  classify them. There
are three  classifications  for problem  assets:  "substandard,"  "doubtful" and
"loss."  Substandard  assets  have  one  or  more  defined  weaknesses  and  are
characterized  by the distinct  possibility  that the insured  institution  will
sustain some loss if the  deficiencies  are not corrected.  Doubtful assets have
the weaknesses of substandard  assets,  with the additional  characteristic that
the weaknesses  make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently
existing  facts,  conditions  and  values  questionable,  and  there  is a  high
possibility of loss. An asset classified loss is considered uncollectible and of
such  little  value  that  continuance  as an  asset of the  institution  is not
warranted.   Another  category   designated   "special  mention"  also  must  be
established  and maintained for assets which do not currently  expose an insured
institution  to a  sufficient  degree  of  risk  to  warrant  classification  as
substandard,  doubtful or loss.  Assets  classified as  substandard  or doubtful
require the institution to establish  general  allowances for loan losses. If an
asset or portion thereof is classified loss, the insured institution must either
establish  specific  allowances  for loan  losses  in the  amount of 100% of the
portion of the asset  classified  loss, or charge-off such amount.  General loss
allowances  established  to cover possible  losses related to assets  classified
substandard  or  doubtful  may  be  included  in  determining  an  institution's
regulatory capital up to certain amounts,  while specific  valuation  allowances
for loan losses do not qualify as  regulatory  capital.  Federal  examiners  may
disagree with an insured institution's classifications and amounts reserved.

         Branching  by  Federal   Savings   Institutions.   OTS  policy  permits
interstate  branching  to  the  full  extent  permitted  by  statute  (which  is
essentially  unlimited).   Generally,  federal  law  prohibits  federal  savings
institutions  from  establishing,  retaining or  operating a branch  outside the
state  in  which  the  federal  institution  has  its  home  office  unless  the
institution meets the IRS' domestic building and loan test (generally,  60% of a
thrift's assets must be housing-related)  ("IRS Test"). The IRS Test requirement
does not apply if: (i) the branch(es) result(s) from an emergency acquisition of
a troubled savings institution  (however, if the troubled savings institution is
acquired by a bank holding  company,  does not have its home office in the state
of the bank holding  company bank  subsidiary and does not qualify under the IRS
Test, its branching is limited to the branching laws for  state-chartered  banks
in the state  where the savings  institution  is  located);  (ii) the law of the
state  where  the  branch  would  be  located  would  permit  the  branch  to be
established if the federal  savings  institution  were chartered by the state in
which its home office is located; or (iii) the branch was operated lawfully as a
branch  under  state  law prior to the  savings  institution's  conversion  to a
federal charter.
<PAGE>
         Furthermore,  the OTS will evaluate a branching  applicant's  record of
compliance   with  the  Community   Reinvestment   Act  of  1977   ("CRA").   An
unsatisfactory   CRA  record  may  be  the  basis  for  denial  of  a  branching
application.

         Qualified Thrift Lender Test. All savings  institutions are required to
meet a QTL test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their  operations.  A savings
institution  that  does  not meet the QTL test  must  either  convert  to a bank
charter or comply with the following  restrictions  on its  operations:  (i) the
institution  may not  engage  in any new  activity  or make any new  investment,
directly or indirectly,  unless such activity or investment is permissible for a
national bank; (ii) the branching powers of the institution  shall be restricted
to those of a national  bank;  (iii) the  institution  shall not be  eligible to
obtain  any  advances  from its  FHLB;  and (iv)  payment  of  dividends  by the
institution  shall be subject to the rules  regarding  payment of dividends by a
national  bank.  Upon the  expiration  of three  years from the date the savings
institution  ceases to be a QTL, it must cease any  activity  and not retain any
investment  not  permissible  for a  national  bank and  immediately  repay  any
outstanding FHLB advances (subject to safety and soundness considerations).

         Currently,   the  QTL  test  requires  that  65%  of  an  institution's
"portfolio assets" (as defined) consist of certain housing and  consumer-related
assets on a monthly  average  basis in nine out of every 12 months.  Assets that
qualify  without  limit for inclusion as part of the 65%  requirement  are loans
made to purchase,  refinance,  construct, improve or repair domestic residential
housing and manufactured housing; home equity loans;  mortgage-backed securities
(where the mortgages are secured by domestic residential housing or manufactured
housing);  stock  issued by the FHLB of  Indianapolis;  and  direct or  indirect
obligations of the FDIC. In addition, the following assets, among others, may be
included in meeting the test  subject to an overall  limit of 20% of the savings
institution's portfolio assets: 50% of residential mortgage loans originated and
sold within 90 days of  origination;  100% of  consumer  and  educational  loans
(limited to 10% of total portfolio assets); and stock issued by the FHLMC or the
FNMA. Portfolio assets consist of total assets minus the sum of (i) goodwill and
other  intangible  assets,  (ii)  property  used by the savings  institution  to
conduct its  business,  and (iii) liquid  assets up to 20% of the  institution's
total assets.  At June 30, 1996, the qualified  thrift  investments of Bank West
were approximately 88.8% of its portfolio assets.

         Accounting  Requirements.  Applicable  OTS accounting  regulations  and
reporting  requirements  apply the following  standards:  (i) regulatory reports
will  incorporate  GAAP  when GAAP is used by  federal  banking  agencies;  (ii)
savings  institution  transactions,  financial  condition and regulatory capital
must be reported  and  disclosed in  accordance  with OTS  regulatory  reporting
requirements that will be at least as stringent as for national banks; and (iii)
the Director of the OTS may prescribe  regulatory  reporting  requirements  more
stringent than GAAP whenever the Director  determines that such requirements are
necessary  to ensure  the safe and sound  reporting  and  operation  of  savings
institutions.
<PAGE>
         Effective  February  10,  1992,  the OTS adopted a statement  of policy
("Statement")  set forth in Thrift  Bulletin 52 concerning  (i) procedures to be
used in the  selection  of a  securities  dealer,  (ii) the need to document and
implement  prudent  policies and  strategies  for  securities,  whether held for
investment,  trading or for sale, and to establish systems and internal controls
to  ensure  that  securities   activities  are  consistent  with  the  financial
institution's  policies  and  strategies,  (iii)  securities  trading  and sales
practices  that may be  unsuitable  in  connection  with  securities  held in an
investment  portfolio,  (iv) high-risk mortgage securities that are not suitable
for  investment   portfolio  holdings  for  financial   institutions,   and  (v)
disproportionately  large  holdings  of  long-term,  zero-coupon  bonds that may
constitute an imprudent investment practice. The Statement applies to investment
securities,   high-yield,  corporate  debt  securities,  loans,  mortgage-backed
securities  and  derivative  securities,  and provides  guidance  concerning the
proper classification of and accounting for securities held for investment, sale
and  trading.   Securities  held  for   investment,   sale  or  trading  may  be
differentiated  based upon an  institution's  desire to earn an  interest  yield
(held for investment), to realize a holding gain from assets held for indefinite
periods of time (held for sale),  or to earn a dealer's  spread  between the bid
and  asked  prices  (held  for  trading).   Depository   institution  investment
portfolios are maintained to provide earnings consistent with the safety factors
of quality,  maturity,  marketability and risk diversification.  Securities that
are purchased to accomplish  these objectives may be reported at their amortized
cost only when the  depository  institution  has both the intent and  ability to
hold  the  assets  for  long-term  investment  purposes.   Securities  held  for
investment purposes may be accounted for at amortized cost,  securities held for
sale are to be accounted for at the lower of cost or market, and securities held
for trading  are to be  accounted  for at market.  Bank West  believes  that its
investment  activities have been and will continue to be conducted in accordance
with the requirements of OTS policies and GAAP.

         The accounting  principles for  depository  institutions  are currently
undergoing review to determine whether the historical cost model or market-based
measure of valuation is the appropriate measure for reporting the assets of such
institutions  in their  financial  statements.  Such  proposal is  controversial
because any change in applicable accounting principles which requires depository
institutions  to carry  mortgage-backed  securities  and mortgage  loans at fair
market  value  could  result  in  substantial  losses to such  institutions  and
increased volatility in their liquidity and operations.  Currently, it cannot be
predicted  whether  there may be any changes in the  accounting  principles  for
depository  institutions  in this regard beyond those imposed by SFAS No. 115 or
when any such changes might become effective.

         The Omnibus  Reconciliation  Act of 1993 added a new Section 475 to the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  which  provides that
certain financial  institutions must recognize gain or loss annually with regard
to any  securities  held by them as inventory  for resale.  Gain and loss is not
required to be  recognized  with regard to  securities  which are intended to be
held until their maturity.  Because all of the Bank's investment  securities and
mortgage-backed  securities are  classified as held to maturity,  Section 475 of
the Code does not have a  material  impact on the  financial  statements  of the
Bank.
<PAGE>
         Federal  Home  Loan Bank  System.  Bank West is a member of the FHLB of
Indianapolis,  which  is one of 12  regional  FHLBs  that  administers  the home
financing credit function of savings institutions. Each FHLB serves as a reserve
or  central  bank for its  members  within  its  assigned  region.  It is funded
primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the
FHLB  System.  It makes loans to members  (i.e.,  advances) in  accordance  with
policies and  procedures  established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. The
FHLB advances are  collateralized  by a blanket  collateral loan agreement under
which  the  Bank  must  maintain  minimum  eligible  collateral  of  160% of the
outstanding  advances.  Under  this  agreement,  the  limit on the  Bank's  FHLB
advances  was $66.0  million at June 30, 1996.  At June 30,  1996,  the Bank had
$19.0  million  of  FHLB  advances.  See  Note 8 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements in the 1996 Annual Report.

         As a member,  Bank West is required to purchase and  maintain  stock in
the FHLB of  Indianapolis  in an  amount  equal to at least 1% of its  aggregate
unpaid   residential   mortgage  loans,  home  purchase   contracts  or  similar
obligations  at the  beginning  of each year.  At June 30,  1996,  Bank West had
$1,475,000 in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement.

         The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the  resolution of troubled
savings  institutions  and to contribute to affordable  housing programs through
direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment
and  low-  and  moderate-income  housing  projects.   These  contributions  have
adversely  affected the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so
in the  future.  These  contributions  also could have an adverse  effect on the
value of FHLB stock in the future.  The dividend  yield on the Bank's FHLB stock
has decreased from 9.7% in fiscal 1993 to 8.1% in fiscal 1996.

         Federal Reserve System. The FRB requires all depository institutions to
maintain  reserves against their transaction  accounts  (primarily NOW and Super
NOW checking  accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  As of June 30, 1996, no
reserves were required to be maintained on the first $4.3 million of transaction
accounts,  reserves of 3% were required to be maintained  against the next $52.0
million  of net  transaction  accounts  (with  such  dollar  amounts  subject to
adjustment by the FRB),  and a reserve of 10% (which is subject to adjustment by
the FRB to a level  between 8% and 14%) against all  remaining  net  transaction
accounts. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash
or a  noninterest-bearing  account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of this
reserve requirement is to reduce an institution's earning assets.


                                    TAXATION

Federal Taxation

         General.  The  Company  and Bank  West  are  subject  to the  generally
applicable  corporate tax  provisions  of the Code,  and Bank West is subject to
certain additional  provisions of the Code which apply to thrift and other types
of financial  institutions.  The  following  discussion  of federal  taxation is
intended only to summarize  certain  pertinent federal income tax matters and is
not a  comprehensive  discussion of the tax rules  applicable to the Company and
Bank West.

         Fiscal  Year.  The  Company and Bank West file a  consolidated  federal
income tax return on the basis of a fiscal year ending June 30.
<PAGE>
         Bad Debt Reserves. Savings institutions,  such as Bank West, which meet
certain  definitional tests primarily relating to their assets and the nature of
their businesses, are permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make
annual additions to the reserve.  These additions may, within specified  formula
limits,  be  deducted  in  arriving at the  institution's  taxable  income.  For
purposes of  computing  the  deductible  addition to its bad debt  reserve,  the
institution's  loans are separated into  "qualifying real property loans" (i.e.,
generally  those loans  secured by certain  interests in real  property) and all
other  loans   ("non-qualifying   loans").   The   deduction   with  respect  to
non-qualifying  loans must be computed under the experience  method as described
below. The following formulas may be used to compute the bad debt deduction with
respect to qualifying real property loans: (i) actual loss experience, or (ii) a
percentage of taxable income.  Reasonable additions to the reserve for losses on
non-qualifying  loans must be based upon actual loss experience and would reduce
the  current  year's  addition  to the  reserve  for losses on  qualifying  real
property  loans,  unless that addition is also  determined  under the experience
method.  The  sum  of the  additions  to  each  reserve  for  each  year  is the
institution's annual bad debt deduction.

         Under the  experience  method,  the deductible  annual  addition to the
institution's  bad debt reserves is the amount necessary to increase the balance
of the reserve at the close of the taxable year to the greater of (a) the amount
which bears the same ratio to loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year
as the total net bad debts  sustained  during  the  current  and five  preceding
taxable years bear to the sum of the loans  outstanding  at the close of the six
years,  or (b) the lower of (i) the balance of the reserve  account at the close
of the Bank's  "base year,"  which is its tax year ended  December 31, 1987,  or
(ii) if the amount of loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year is less
than the amount of loans  outstanding  at the close of the base year, the amount
which bears the same ratio to loans outstanding at the close of the taxable year
as the  balance of the reserve at the close of the base year bears to the amount
of loans outstanding at the close of the base year.

         Under the percentage of taxable  income method,  the bad debt deduction
equals 8% of taxable income determined without regard to that deduction and with
certain adjustments. The availability of the percentage of taxable income method
permits  a  qualifying  savings  institution  to be taxed  at a lower  effective
federal income tax rate than that applicable to  corporations  in general.  This
resulted  generally  in an  effective  federal  income  tax  rate  payable  by a
qualifying savings institution fully able to use the maximum deduction permitted
under the percentage of taxable  income method,  in the absence of other factors
affecting taxable income, of 31.3% exclusive of any minimum tax or environmental
tax (as compared to 34% for corporations generally).  Any savings institution at
least 60% of whose assets are qualifying  assets, as described in the Code, will
generally be eligible for the full deduction of 8% of taxable income. As of June
30, 1996, 88.0% of the assets of Bank West were  "qualifying  assets" as defined
in the Code.

         In  August  1996,  legislation  was  enacted  that  repeals  the  above
described  reserve  method of accounting  (including  the  percentage of taxable
income  method) used by many savings  institutions  to calculate  their bad debt
reserve for federal income tax purposes.  Savings institutions with $500 million
or less in assets may,  however,  continue to use the  experience  method.  As a
result,  the Bank must  recapture  that portion of its reserve which exceeds the
amount that could have been taken under the experience  method for post-1987 tax
years.  At June 30,  1996,  the Bank's  post-1987  excess  reserves  amounted to
approximately  $781,000.  The recapture will occur over a six-year  period,  the
commencement  of which will be delayed  until the first  taxable year  beginning
<PAGE>
after  December 31, 1997,  provided the Bank meets certain  residential  lending
requirements.  The legislation also requires savings institutions to account for
bad debts for federal income tax purposes on the same basis as commercial  banks
for tax years beginning after December 31, 1995.

         Under the percentage of taxable  income method,  the bad debt deduction
for an addition to the reserve for qualifying  real property loans cannot exceed
the amount  necessary to increase the balance in this reserve to an amount equal
to 6% of such loans  outstanding  at the end of the taxable  year.  The bad debt
deduction is also limited to the amount which, when added to the addition to the
reserve for losses on  non-qualifying  loans,  equals the amount by which 12% of
deposits at the close of the year exceeds the sum of surplus,  undivided profits
and  reserves  at the  beginning  of the year.  Based on  experience,  it is not
expected that these  restrictions will be a limiting factor for Bank West in the
foreseeable  future.  In addition,  the deduction for  qualifying  real property
loans  is  reduced  by an  amount  equal  to all or  part of the  deduction  for
non-qualifying loans.

         At June 30, 1996, the federal income tax reserves of Bank West included
$3.4 million for which no federal income tax has been provided. Because of these
federal  income tax reserves and the  liquidation  account  established  for the
benefit of certain  depositors of Bank West in connection with the conversion of
the Bank to stock form,  the  retained  earnings of Bank West are  substantially
restricted.

         Distributions.  If Bank West were to distribute cash or property to its
sole stockholder, and the distribution was treated as being from its accumulated
bad debt  reserves,  the  distribution  will cause Bank West to have  additional
taxable income.  A distribution is deemed to have been made from accumulated bad
debt  reserves to the extent that (a) the reserves  exceed the amount that would
have  been  accumulated  on the  basis of actual  loss  experience,  and (b) the
distribution is a "non-qualified  distribution." A distribution  with respect to
stock is a non-qualified distribution to the extent that, for federal income tax
purposes,  (i)  it is  in  redemption  of  shares,  (ii)  it  is  pursuant  to a
liquidation of the institution,  or (iii) in the case of a current distribution,
together with all other such  distributions  during the taxable year, it exceeds
the institution's  current and post-1951  accumulated  earnings and profits. The
amount of additional  taxable income created by a non-qualified  distribution is
an amount that when reduced by the tax attributable to it is equal to the amount
of the distribution.

         Minimum Tax. The Code imposes an  alternative  minimum tax at a rate of
20%. The alternative  minimum tax generally applies to a base of regular taxable
income plus certain tax  preferences  ("alternative  minimum  taxable income" or
"AMTI")  and is  payable to the  extent  such AMTI is in excess of an  exemption
amount.  The Code provides  that an item of tax  preference is the excess of the
bad debt  deduction  allowable for a taxable year pursuant to the  percentage of
taxable income method over the amount  allowable  under the  experience  method.
Other items of tax preference that constitute AMTI include (a)  depreciation and
(b) 75% of the excess (if any) of (i)  adjusted  current  earnings as defined in
the Code, over (ii) AMTI (determined without regard to this preference and prior
to reduction by net operating losses).

         Net Operating Loss Carryovers.  A financial  institution may carry back
net operating  losses  ("NOLs") to the preceding three taxable years and forward
to the succeeding 15 taxable years. This provision applies to losses incurred in
taxable  years  beginning  after 1986.  At June 30,  1996,  Bank West had no NOL
carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.
<PAGE>
         Capital Gains and Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. Corporate net
capital gains are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%.  Corporations which own 20% or
more of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend may deduct 80% of the
dividends  received.  Corporations  which  own less  than 20% of the  stock of a
corporation  distributing  a dividend may deduct 70% of the dividends  received.
However,  a  corporation  that  receives  dividends  from a  member  of the same
affiliated group of corporations may deduct 100% of the dividends received.

         Other Matters. Federal legislation is introduced from time to time that
would  limit the  ability of  individuals  to deduct  interest  paid on mortgage
loans.  Individuals  are currently not permitted to deduct  interest on consumer
loans.  Significant  increases  in tax  rates  or  further  restrictions  on the
deductibility of mortgage interest could adversely affect Bank West.

         Bank West's federal income tax returns for the tax years ended June 30,
1993 forward are open under the statute of limitations and are subject to review
by the IRS.

State Taxation

         The State of Michigan imposes a tax on intangible  personal property in
the amount of $0.20 per $1,000 of  deposits  of a savings  bank or a savings and
loan  institution,   less  deposits  owed  to  the  federal  or  Michigan  state
governments,  their agencies or certain other financial institutions.  The State
of Michigan also imposes a "Single Business Tax," which is a value-added type of
tax and is for the  privilege of doing  business in the State of  Michigan.  The
major components of the Single Business Tax base are compensation,  depreciation
and federal taxable income,  increased by NOLs, if any,  utilized in arriving at
federal taxable income,  and decreased by the cost of acquisition of depreciable
tangible  assets  during the year.  The tax rate through  September 30, 1994 was
2.35% of the Michigan  adjusted tax base.  Beginning  October 1, 1994,  the rate
decreased to 2.30% of the Michigan adjusted tax base.
<PAGE>
Item 2.  Properties.

         At June 30, 1996, Bank West conducted its business from its main office
in  Walker,  Michigan  and one  branch  office in Grand  Rapids,  Michigan.  The
following table sets forth the net book value (including leasehold  improvement,
furnishings  and  equipment) and certain other  information  with respect to the
offices and other properties of Bank West at June 30, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Net Book
                                                    Value of        Amount of
  Description/Address             Leased/Owned      Property        Deposits
  -------------------             ------------      --------        --------
                                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>             <C>
2185 Three Mile Road
N.W.                                  Owned          $2,506          $13,095
Grand Rapids, MI  49544

910 Bridge Street
Grand Rapids, MI  49504               Owned             601           77,933
                                                      -----           ------
  Total                                              $3,107          $91,028
                                                     ======          =======
</TABLE>

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

         The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than
nonmaterial legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security-Holders.

         Not applicable.

<PAGE>
PART II.

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

         The  information   required  herein,  to  the  extent  applicable,   is
incorporated by reference from page 45 of the Company's 1996 Annual Report.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

         The information  required herein is incorporated by reference from page
2 of the 1996 Annual Report.

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
         of Operations.

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
3 to 15 of the 1996 Annual Report.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
16 to 43 of the 1996 Annual Report.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
            Financial Disclosure.

         Not applicable.

<PAGE>
PART III.

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
3 to 4, 7 and 11 of the definitive proxy statement of the Company for the Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held on  October  23,  1996,  which was filed on
September 19, 1996 ("Definitive Proxy Statement").

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
12 to 18 of the Definitive Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

         The information required herein is incorporated by reference from pages
8 to 11 of the Definitive Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         The information  required herein is incorporated by reference from page
18 of the Definitive Proxy Statement.
<PAGE>
PART IV.

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

         (a)  Documents Filed as Part of this Report

         (1) The following  financial  statements are  incorporated by reference
from Item 8 hereof (see Exhibit 13):

                  Report of Independent Auditors
                  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30,
                    1996 and 1995
                  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Fiscal Periods Ended
                     June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for
                     the Fiscal Periods Ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                  Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal  Periods
                     ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

         (2) All  schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in the  applicable
accounting  regulation  of  the  SEC  are  omitted  because  of the  absence  of
conditions under which they are required or because the required  information is
included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.
<PAGE>
         (3) The  following  exhibits  are filed as part of this Form 10-K,  and
this list includes the Exhibit Index.

                     Exhibit Index                                        Page
                     -------------                                        ----
                                                                      
                  
 2.1     Plan of Conversion                                                 *  
 3.1     Articles of Incorporation of Bank West Financial Corporation       *
 3.2     Bylaws of Bank West Financial Corporation                          *
 4.1     Stock Certificate of Bank West Financial Corporation               **
10.1     Employee Stock Ownership Plan                                      *
10.2     Employment Agreement among Bank West
            Financial Corporation, Bank West, F.S.B. and Paul W. Sydloski
            dated March 30, 1995                                            ** 
10.3     Form of Employment Security Agreement among
            Bank West Financial Corporation, Bank West, F.S.B. and
            certain executive officers                                      *
10.4     1995 Key Employee Stock Compensation Program                        
10.5     1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan       
10.6     1995 Management Recognition Plan for Officers   
10.7     1995 Management Recognition Plan for Directors   
13.0     1996 Annual Report to Stockholders    
21.0     Subsidiaries of the Registrant - Reference is made to "Item 2.
            Business" for the required information
27.0     Financial Data Schedule  
                 
(*)      Incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  Company's  Registration
         Statement on Form S-1  (Registration No. 33-87620) filed by the Company
         with the SEC on December 21, 1994, as subsequently amended.

(**)     Incorporated  herein by reference  from the Company's  Annual Report on
         Form 10-K filed by the Company with the SEC on September 28, 1995.

         (b) The Company did not file any reports on Form 8-K during the quarter
ended June 30, 1996.

         (c) See (a)(3)  above for all exhibits  filed  herewith and the Exhibit
Index.

         (d) There are no financial  statements or schedules which were excluded
from Item 8 which are required to be reported herein.
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



                                              BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION



                                       By:    /s/ Paul W. Sydloski
                                              --------------------
                                              Paul W. Sydloski
                                              President, Chief Executive Officer
                                              and Director


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.




/s/ Paul W. Sydloski                                September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
Paul W. Sydloski
President, Chief Executive
 Officer and Director


/s/ George A. Jackoboice                            September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
George A. Jackoboice
Chairman of the Board and
 Director


/s/ Richard L. Bishop                               September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
Richard L. Bishop
Director


/s/ Thomas D. DeYoung                               September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
Thomas D. DeYoung
Director

/s/ Jacob Haisma                                    September 23, 1996
- ---------------------------
Jacob Haisma
Director
<PAGE>


/s/ Carl A. Rossi                                   September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
Carl A. Rossi
Director


/s/ Robert J. Stephan                               September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
Robert J. Stephan
Director


/s/ John H. Zwarensteyn                             September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
John H. Zwarensteyn
Director


/s/ Kevin A. Twardy                                 September 23, 1996
- --------------------------- 
Kevin A. Twardy
Chief Financial Officer
 (also principal accounting
 officer)


                                  Exhibit 10.4

                  1995 Key Employee Stock Compensation Program


<PAGE>
                         BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                  1995 KEY EMPLOYEE STOCK COMPENSATION PROGRAM


         1.  Purpose.  This Bank West  Financial  Corporation  1995 Key Employee
Stock  Compensation  Program  ("Program")  is  intended  to secure for Bank West
Financial  Corporation  ("Corporation"),  and its  subsidiaries,  including Bank
West,  F.S.B.  (the "Bank"),  and its  stockholders,  the benefits  arising from
ownership of the  Corporation's  common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common
Stock"),  by those selected  officers and other key employees of the Corporation
who will be responsible  for its future growth.  The Program is designed to help
attract and retain superior  personnel for positions of responsibility  with the
Corporation  and to  provide  key  employees  with an  additional  incentive  to
contribute to the success of the Corporation.

         2.  Elements of the Program.  In order to maintain  flexibility  in the
award of stock benefits, the Program is comprised of three parts. The first part
is the Incentive Stock Option Plan  ("Incentive  Plan").  The second part is the
Compensatory  Stock  Option Plan  ("Compensatory  Plan").  The third part is the
Stock Appreciation  Rights Plan ("S.A.R.  Plan").  Copies of the Incentive Plan,
Compensatory  Plan and S.A.R.  Plan are  attached  hereto as Part I, Part II and
Part III, respectively,  and are collectively referred to herein as the "Plans."
The grant of an option or appreciation right under one of the Plans shall not be
construed to prohibit the grant of an option or appreciation  right under any of
the other Plans.

         3.  Applicability of General  Provisions.  Unless any Plan specifically
indicates to the contrary,  all Plans shall be subject to the General  Provision
of the Program set forth below.

         4.  Administration  of the  Plans.  The  Plans  shall be  administered,
construed, governed and amended in accordance with their respective terms.


                        GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE PROGRAM 


         Article 1.  Administration.  The  Program  shall be  administered  by a
committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and composed of
not less than two  directors  of the  Corporation,  none of whom is a  full-time
officer or employee of the Corporation. The committee, when acting to administer
the  Program,  is  referred to as the  "Program  Administrators."  Each  Program
Administrator   shall  be  a  "disinterested   person"  as  set  forth  in  Rule
16b-3(c)(2)(i)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934.  Any action of the
Program  Administrators shall be taken by majority vote or the unanimous written
consent of the Program Administrators.  No Program Administrator shall be liable
for any action or  determination  made in good faith with respect to the Program
or to any option or stock appreciation right granted thereunder.

         Article 2.  Authority of Program  Administrators.  Subject to the other
provisions of this Program and applicable laws and regulations,  and with a view
to effecting its purpose,  the Program  Administrators shall have sole authority
in their absolute discretion:  (a) to construe and interpret the Program; (b) to
define the terms used  herein;  (c) to  prescribe,  amend and rescind  rules and
regulations  relating to the  Program;  (d) to determine  the  employees to whom
options and  appreciation  rights  shall be granted  under the  Program;  (e) to
determine  the time or times at which options and  appreciation  rights shall be
<PAGE>
granted under the Program;  (f) to determine the number of shares subject to any
option or stock  appreciation  right  under the  Program  as well as the  option
price,  and the duration of each option and  appreciation  right,  and any other
terms and conditions of options and  appreciation  rights;  (g) to terminate the
Program; and (h) to make any other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration  of the Program and to do everything  necessary or appropriate to
administer the Program.  All decisions,  determinations and interpretations made
by  the  Program   Administrators   shall  be  binding  and  conclusive  on  all
participants  in the  Program  and on their  legal  representatives,  heirs  and
beneficiaries.

         Article 3. Maximum Number of Shares Subject to the Program. The maximum
aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock  available  pursuant  to the Plans,
subject to adjustment as provided in Article 7 hereof,  shall be an amount equal
to 7.0% of the  Common  Stock to be issued  and sold by the  Corporation  in the
subscription  offering and any community  offering (the "Offering")  pursuant to
the Plan of Conversion of the Bank ("Plan of Conversion"). If any of the options
granted  under this Program  expire or terminate for any reason before they have
been  exercised in full,  the  unpurchased  shares  subject to those  expired or
terminated options shall again be available for the purposes of the Program.

         Article  4.  Eligibility  and  Participation.  Only  regular  full-time
employees of the Corporation, including officers whether or not directors of the
Corporation,  or of any  subsidiary,  shall be  eligible  for  selection  by the
Program  Administrators  to  participate  in the Program.  Directors who are not
full-time,  salaried employees of the Corporation,  or of any subsidiary,  shall
not be eligible to participate in the Program.

         Article 5. Maximum Number of Shares to Any Individual.  During the life
of the Program,  no employee or officer of the  Corporation or of any subsidiary
shall be granted stock  options or stock  appreciation  rights  pursuant to this
Program in an  aggregate  amount in excess of 2.5% of the shares of Common Stock
issued and sold by the  Corporation  in the  Offering,  subject to adjustment as
provided in Article 7 hereof.

         Article 6.  Effective  Date and Term of Program.  After its adoption by
the Board of Directors of the  Corporation,  the Program shall become  effective
upon  the  subsequent  approval  of  the  Program  by  the  stockholders  of the
Corporation by such vote as may be required by applicable laws and  regulations,
which vote shall be taken  within 12 months of  adoption  of the  Program by the
Corporation's Board of Directors,  provided,  however, that stockholder approval
shall not be obtained within the first six months following  consummation of the
Offering.  No stock options or  appreciation  rights shall be granted under this
Program  prior to obtaining  stockholder  approval of the  Program.  The Program
shall  continue  in  effect  for a term of ten  years  following  the date it is
adopted by the Board of  Directors  or approved by  stockholders,  whichever  is
earlier, unless sooner terminated under Article 2 of the General Provisions.

         Article  7.  Adjustments.   If  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the
Corporation as a whole are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a
different number or kind of shares or securities through merger,  consolidation,
combination,   exchange  of  shares,  other  reorganization,   recapitalization,
reclassification,  stock  dividend,  stock  split or  reverse  stock  split,  an
appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the maximum number and
kind of shares as to which options and appreciation  rights may be granted under
this Program,  including the maximum number of options and  appreciation  rights
that may be granted to any individual.  A corresponding  adjustment changing the
<PAGE>
number or kind of shares allocated to unexercised  options,  appreciation rights
or portions  thereof,  which shall have been  granted  prior to any such change,
shall  likewise  be  made.  Any  such  adjustment  in  outstanding  options  and
appreciation rights shall be made without change in the aggregate purchase price
applicable to the unexercised  portion of the option or  appreciation  right but
with a corresponding adjustment in the price for each share or other unit of any
security  covered by the option or appreciation  right. In making any adjustment
to the number of shares pursuant to this Article 7, any fractional  shares shall
be disregarded.

         Article 8.  Termination  and  Amendment of Program.  The Program  shall
terminate  no later than ten years from the date such  Program is adopted by the
Board of  Directors  or the date such  Program is approved by the  stockholders,
whichever is earlier.  No options or appreciation  rights shall be granted under
the Program after that date. Subject to the limitation contained in Article 9 of
the  General  Provisions,  the Program  Administrators  may at any time amend or
revise the terms of the Program,  including the form and substance of the option
and  appreciation  right  agreements  to be  used  hereunder;  provided  that no
amendment or revision shall (a) increase the maximum  aggregate number of shares
that may be sold or  appreciated  pursuant  to  options or  appreciation  rights
granted under this Program,  except as permitted  under Article 7 of the General
Provisions or as may be approved by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation;  (b)
change the  minimum  purchase  price for shares  under  Section 4 of Plan I; (c)
increase  the  maximum  term  established  under  the  Plans  for any  option or
appreciation  right;  or (d) permit the  granting  of an option or  appreciation
right to anyone other than as provided in Article 4 of the General Provisions.

         Article 9. Prior Rights and  Obligations.  No amendment,  suspension or
termination  of the Program  shall,  without the consent of the employee who has
received an option or appreciation right, alter or impair any of that employee's
rights or obligations  under any option or appreciation  right granted under the
Program prior to such amendment, suspension or termination.

         Article 10. Privileges of Stock Ownership. Notwithstanding the exercise
of any options granted pursuant to the terms of this Program,  no employee shall
have any of the rights or  privileges  of a stockholder  of the  Corporation  in
respect of any shares of stock  issuable  upon the exercise of his or her option
until  certificates  representing the shares have been issued and delivered.  No
shares shall be required to be issued and delivered  upon exercise of any option
unless and until all of the  requirements of law and of all regulatory  agencies
having  jurisdiction over the issuance and delivery of the securities shall have
been fully complied with. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or any other
distributions for which the record date is prior to the date on which such stock
certificate is issued.

         Article 11.  Reservation  of Shares of Common Stock.  The  Corporation,
during the term of this Program,  will at all times  reserve and keep  available
such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be  sufficient to satisfy the
requirements  of the Program.  In addition,  the  Corporation  will from time to
time, as is necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Program, seek to obtain
from any regulatory agency having  jurisdiction any requisite authority in order
to issue  and sell  shares of  Common  Stock  hereunder.  The  inability  of the
Corporation  to  obtain  from any  regulatory  agency  having  jurisdiction  the
authority  deemed by the  Corporation's  counsel to be  necessary  to the lawful
issuance  and sale of any  shares  of its  stock  hereunder  shall  relieve  the
Corporation of any liability in respect of the non-issuance or sale of the stock
as to which the requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
<PAGE>
         Article 12. Tax Withholding. The exercise of any option or appreciation
right granted under the Program is subject to the condition  that if at any time
the Corporation  shall  determine,  in its discretion,  that the satisfaction of
withholding tax or other withholding  liabilities under any state or federal law
is necessary or desirable as a condition  of, or in any  connection  with,  such
exercise or the delivery or purchase of shares  pursuant  thereto,  then in such
event,  the exercise of the option or appreciation  right shall not be effective
unless such  withholding tax or other  withholding  liabilities  shall have been
satisfied in a manner acceptable to the Corporation.

         Article  13.  Employment.  Nothing  in the  Program or in any option or
stock  appreciation  right shall confer upon any eligible  employee any right to
continued employment by the Corporation,  or by any subsidiary corporations,  or
limit in any way the right of the Corporation or its subsidiary  corporations at
any time to terminate or alter the terms of that employment.

                                     PART I

                           INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


         Section 1. Purpose.  The purpose of this  Incentive  Plan is to promote
the  growth  and  general  prosperity  of  the  Corporation  by  permitting  the
Corporation  to grant  options  to  purchase  shares of its Common  Stock.  This
Incentive  Plan is designed to help attract and retain  superior  personnel  for
positions of responsibility with the Corporation,  or of any subsidiary,  and to
provide key employees with an additional  incentive to contribute to the success
of the Corporation. The Corporation intends that options granted pursuant to the
provisions  of this  Incentive  Plan  will  qualify  and will be  identified  as
"incentive  stock  options"  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code").  This Incentive Plan is Part I of the
Corporation's  Program.  Unless any provision  herein indicates to the contrary,
this Incentive Plan shall be subject to the General Provisions of the Program.

         Section 2. Option Terms and  Conditions.  The terms and  conditions  of
options  granted  under this  Incentive  Plan may differ from one another as the
Program  Administrators  shall, in their discretion,  determine,  as long as all
options  granted  under this  Incentive  Plan satisfy the  requirements  of this
Incentive Plan.

         Section 3. Duration of Options.  Each option and all rights  thereunder
granted  pursuant to the terms of this  Incentive  Plan shall expire on the date
determined  by the  Program  Administrators,  but in no event  shall any  option
granted under this  Incentive  Plan expire later than ten years from the date on
which the option is granted,  except that any employee who owns more than 10% of
the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation,  or of its
subsidiaries,  must  exercise  any  options  within  five years from the date of
grant.  In  addition,  each  option  shall be  subject to early  termination  as
provided in this Incentive Plan.

         Section 4.  Purchase  Price.  The  purchase  price for shares  acquired
pursuant to the  exercise,  in whole or in part, of any option shall not be less
than the fair market value of the shares at the time of the grant of the option;
except that for any employee who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power
of all classes of stock of the Corporation, or of its subsidiaries, the purchase
price shall not be less than 110% of fair  market  value.  For  purposes of this
Part I, fair market  value shall be the mean of the high and low sales prices of
a share  of  Common  Stock  on the date in  question  (or,  if such day is not a
trading day in the U.S.  markets,  on the nearest  preceding  trading  day),  as
<PAGE>
reported with respect to the principal  market (or the composite of the markets,
if more than one) or  national  quotation  system in which such  shares are then
traded, or if no such prices are reported, the mean between the closing high bid
and low asked  prices of a share of  Common  Stock on that day on the  principal
market or national  quotation  system then in use, or if no such  quotations are
available,  the price  furnished by a  professional  securities  dealer making a
market in such shares selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation,  or
if no such prices are  available,  the book value of a share of Common  Stock as
determined  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  as of the latest
practicable date.

         Section  5.  Maximum  Amount  of  Options  in Any  Calendar  Year.  The
aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of
the Common Stock with respect to which  incentive  stock options,  as defined in
Section 422(b) of the Code, are  exercisable  for the first time by any employee
during any calendar year (under the terms of this Plan and all such plans of the
Corporation and any subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000.

         Section 6. Exercise of Options. Each option shall become exercisable at
the rate of 20% per year on each annual  anniversary  of the date the option was
granted,  and the right to  exercise  may be  cumulative  as  determined  by the
Program Administrators.  No option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of
Common Stock.  The purchase price of any shares  purchased shall be paid in full
in  cash  or by  certified  or  cashier's  check  payable  to the  order  of the
Corporation or by shares of Common Stock (including  shares acquired pursuant to
the exercise of an option), if permitted by the Program Administrators,  or by a
combination of cash, check or shares of Common Stock, at the time of exercise of
the option,  provided that the form(s) of payment  allowed the employee shall be
established when the option is granted.  If any portion of the purchase price is
paid in shares of Common  Stock,  those  shares  shall be tendered at their then
fair market value as determined by the Program Administrators in accordance with
Section 4 of this Incentive Plan.

         Section  7.   Acceleration  of  Right  of  Exercise  of   Installments.
Notwithstanding  the first sentence of Section 6 of this Incentive  Plan, in the
event an Optionee becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code or dies while employed by the Corporation or any subsidiary corporation (or
a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation  issuing or assuming
a stock option in a transaction  to which Section  424(a) of the Code  applies),
the right to exercise  the option shall be  accelerated  and the option shall be
100% exercisable (to the extent not previously exercised) as of the date of such
disability or death.  However,  no stock option shall be exercisable  within the
first six months following the date of grant.

         Section 8. Written Notice Required.  Any option granted pursuant to the
terms of this  Incentive  Plan shall be exercised  when  written  notice of that
exercise has been given to the Corporation at its principal office by the person
entitled to exercise  the option and full payment for the shares with respect to
which the option is exercised has been received by the Corporation.

         Section 9.  Compliance  With  Applicable  Laws.  Shares of Common Stock
shall not be issued with respect to any option granted under this Incentive Plan
unless the exercise of that option and the issuance and delivery of those shares
pursuant to that exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of state and
federal law  including,  without  limitation,  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder,  and the requirements
of any stock  exchange  or national  quotation  system upon which the shares may
then be listed,  and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the
Corporation with respect to such compliance. The Program Administrators may also
<PAGE>
require a person to whom an option has been granted  under this  Incentive  Plan
("Optionee") to furnish evidence  satisfactory to the  Corporation,  including a
written and signed representation letter and consent to be bound by any transfer
restrictions imposed by law, legend, condition or otherwise, that the shares are
being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or
distribute  the  shares  in  violation  of any  state or  federal  law,  rule or
regulation.  Further,  each Optionee shall consent to the imposition of a legend
on the shares of Common  Stock  subject to his or her option  restricting  their
transferability to the extent required by law or by this Section 9.

         Section 10. Employment of Optionee.  Each Optionee, if requested by the
Program  Administrators  when the option is granted,  must agree in writing as a
condition  of  receiving  his or her  option  that he or she will  remain in the
employ of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation,  as the case may
be,  following the date of the granting of that option for a period specified by
the Program  Administrators,  which period shall in no event exceed three years.
Nothing in this Incentive Plan or in any option granted  hereunder  shall confer
upon any Optionee any right to continued  employment by the Corporation,  or its
subsidiary corporations, or limit in any way the right of the Corporation or any
of its  subsidiary  corporations  at any time to terminate or alter the terms of
that employment.

         Section  11.  Option  Rights  Upon  Termination  of  Employment.  If an
Optionee ceases to be employed by the Corporation or any subsidiary  corporation
(or a  corporation  or a parent or  subsidiary  of such  corporation  issuing or
assuming a stock option in a  transaction  to which  Section  424(a) of the Code
applies), for any reason other than death or disability, his or her option shall
immediately terminate;  provided,  however, that the Program Administrators may,
in  their  discretion,  allow  such  option  to  be  exercised  (to  the  extent
exercisable  on the date of  termination of employment) at any time within three
months after the date of termination of employment,  unless either the option or
this Incentive Plan otherwise provides for earlier termination.

         Section 12.  Option  Rights  Upon  Disability.  If an Optionee  becomes
disabled  within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code while  employed by
the  Corporation or any subsidiary  corporation (or a corporation or a parent or
subsidiary  of  such  corporation  issuing  or  assuming  a  stock  option  in a
transaction  to which  Section  424(a) of the Code  applies),  the option may be
exercised,  to the extent  exercisable on the date of termination of employment,
at any time within one year after the date of  termination  of employment due to
disability,  unless either the option or this Incentive Plan otherwise  provides
for earlier termination.

         Section 13. Option  Rights Upon Death of Optionee.  Except as otherwise
limited by the Program  Administrators at the time of the grant of an option, if
an Optionee dies while employed by the Corporation or any subsidiary corporation
(or a  corporation  or a parent or  subsidiary  of such  corporation  issuing or
assuming a stock option in a  transaction  to which  Section  424(a) of the Code
applies), or within three months after ceasing to be an employee thereof, his or
her option  shall expire one year after the date of death unless by its terms it
expires  sooner.  During  this one year or  shorter  period,  the  option may be
exercised,  to the extent that it remains  unexercised on the date of death,  by
the person or persons to whom the Optionee's  rights under the option shall pass
by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,  but only to the extent that
the Optionee is entitled to exercise  the option at the date of death.  However,
in order for the option to continue to be treated as an  incentive  stock option
under Section 422 of the Code,  the option must be exercised no later than three
months after the date of termination of employment.
<PAGE>
         Section 14. Options Not  Transferable.  Options granted pursuant to the
terms of this Incentive Plan may not be sold,  pledged,  assigned or transferred
in any manner otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and
may be exercised during the lifetime of an Optionee only by that Optionee or his
guardian or legal representative.


                                     PART II

                         COMPENSATORY STOCK OPTION PLAN


         Section 1. Purpose.  The purpose of this Compensatory Plan is to permit
the  Corporation  to grant  options to  purchase  shares of its Common  Stock to
selected  officers  and  full-time,  key  employees  of the  Corporation  or any
subsidiary.  This  Compensatory  Plan is  designed  to help  attract  and retain
superior personnel for positions of responsibility  with the Corporation and its
subsidiaries  and to provide  key  employees  with an  additional  incentive  to
contribute to the success of the  Corporation.  Any option  granted  pursuant to
this Compensatory Plan shall be clearly and specifically designated as not being
an  incentive  stock  option,  as defined in  Section  422(b) of the Code.  This
Compensatory Plan is Part II of the Corporation's Program.  Unless any provision
herein indicates to the contrary, this Compensatory Plan shall be subject to the
General Provisions of the Program.

         Section 2. Option Terms and  Conditions.  The terms and  conditions  of
options granted under this  Compensatory Plan may differ from one another as the
Program  Administrators  shall,  in their  discretion,  determine as long as all
options  granted under this  Compensatory  Plan satisfy the  requirements of the
Compensatory Plan.

         Section 3. Duration of Options.  Each option and all rights  thereunder
granted pursuant to the terms of this Compensatory Plan shall expire on the date
determined  by the  Program  Administrators,  but in no event  shall any  option
granted under this  Compensatory  Plan expire later than ten years and one month
from the date on which the option is granted. In addition,  each option shall be
subject to early termination as provided in this Compensatory Plan.

         Section 4.  Purchase  Price.  The  purchase  price for shares  acquired
pursuant to the  exercise,  in whole or in part, of any option shall be equal to
the fair market value of the shares at the time of the grant of the option.  For
purposes of this Part II, fair market value shall be the closing  sales price of
a share  of  Common  Stock  on the date in  question  (or,  if such day is not a
trading day in the U.S.  markets,  on the nearest  preceding  trading  day),  as
reported with respect to the principal  market (or the composite of the markets,
if more than one) or  national  quotation  system in which such  shares are then
traded, or if no such closing prices are reported,  the mean between the closing
high bid and low  asked  prices  of a share of  Common  Stock on that day on the
principal  market  or  national  quotation  system  then in  use,  or if no such
quotations  are  available,  the price  furnished by a  professional  securities
dealer making a market in such shares  selected by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation,  or if no such prices are available, the book value of a share of a
share  of  Common  Stock  as  determined  under  generally  accepted  accounting
principles as of the latest practicable date.
<PAGE>
         Section 5. Exercise of Options. Each option shall become exercisable at
the rate of 20% per year on each annual  anniversary  of the date the option was
granted,  and the right to  exercise  may be  cumulative  as  determined  by the
Program Administrators.  No option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of
Common Stock.  The purchase price of any shares  purchased shall be paid in full
in  cash  or by  certified  or  cashier's  check  payable  to the  order  of the
Corporation or by shares of Common Stock (including  shares acquired pursuant to
the exercise of an option), if permitted by the Program Administrators,  or by a
combination of cash, check or shares of Common Stock, at the time of exercise of
the  option.  If any portion of the  purchase  price is paid in shares of Common
Stock,  those  shares  shall be  tendered  at their  then fair  market  value as
determined by the Program  Administrators  in accordance  with Section 4 of this
Compensatory Plan.

         Section  6.   Acceleration  of  Right  of  Exercise  of   Installments.
Notwithstanding the first sentence of Section 5 of this Compensatory Plan, if an
Optionee  becomes disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or
dies while  employed by the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary  corporation  (or a
corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation  issuing or assuming a
stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies),  the
right to exercise the option shall be  accelerated  and the option shall be 100%
exercisable  (to the extent  not  previously  exercised)  as of the date of such
disability or death.  However,  no stock option shall be exercisable  within the
first six months following the date of grant.

         Section 7. Written Notice Required.  Any option granted pursuant to the
terms of this  Compensatory  Plan shall be exercised when written notice of that
exercise has been given to the Corporation at its principal office by the person
entitled to exercise  the option and full payment for the shares with respect to
which the option is exercised has been received by the Corporation.

         Section 8. Compliance With Applicable Laws.  Shares shall not be issued
with  respect to any option  granted  under this  Compensatory  Plan  unless the
exercise of that option and the  issuance  and  delivery of the shares  pursuant
thereto  shall  comply with all  relevant  provisions  of state and federal law,
including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules
and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  and  the  requirements  of any  stock
exchange or national  quotation system upon which the shares may then be listed,
and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Corporation with
respect to such compliance. The Program Administrators may also require a person
to whom an option has been granted ("Optionee") to furnish evidence satisfactory
to the  Corporation,  including a written and signed  representation  letter and
consent  to be  bound  by any  transfer  restrictions  imposed  by law,  legend,
condition or otherwise,  that the shares are being purchased only for investment
purposes and without any present  intention to sell or distribute  the shares in
violation  of any  state or  federal  law,  rule or  regulation.  Further,  each
Optionee  shall  consent to the  imposition  of a legend on the shares of Common
Stock  subject to his or her option  restricting  their  transferability  to the
extent required by law or by this Section 8.
<PAGE>
         Section 9. Employment of Optionee.  Each Optionee,  if requested by the
Program Administrators, must agree in writing as a condition of receiving his or
her option that he or she will remain in the  employment of the  Corporation  or
any  subsidiary,  following the date of the granting of that option for a period
specified by the Program  Administrators,  which period shall in no event exceed
three  years.  Nothing  in  this  Compensatory  Plan  or in any  option  granted
hereunder  shall confer upon any Optionee any right to continued  employment  by
the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or limit in any way the right of the
Corporation  or any  subsidiary  at any time to  terminate or alter the terms of
that employment.

        Section  10.  Option  Rights Upon  Termination  of  Employment.  If any
Optionee under this  Compensatory  Plan ceases to be employed by the Corporation
or  any  subsidiary  (or  a  corporation  or a  parent  or  subsidiary  of  such
corporation issuing or assuming a stock option in a transaction to which Section
424(a) of the Code applies),  for any reason other than disability or death, his
or her option shall immediately terminate;  provided,  however, that the Program
Administrators may, in their discretion,  allow such option to be exercised,  to
the extent  exercisable on the date of  termination  of employment,  at any time
within one year after the date of termination  of employment,  unless either the
option or this Compensatory Plan otherwise provides for earlier termination.

         Section 11.  Option  Rights  Upon  Disability.  If an Optionee  becomes
disabled  within the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code while  employed by
the  Corporation or any subsidiary  corporation (or a corporation or a parent or
subsidiary  of  such  corporation  issuing  or  assuming  a  stock  option  in a
transaction  to  which  Section  424(a)  of  the  Code  applies),   the  Program
Administrators,  in their discretion,  may allow the option to be exercised,  to
the extent exercisable on the date of termination of employment, at any time
within one year after the date of  termination  of employment due to disability,
unless  either the  option or this  Compensatory  Plan  otherwise  provides  for
earlier termination.

         Section 12. Option  Rights Upon Death of Optionee.  Except as otherwise
limited by the Program  Administrators at the time of the grant of an option, if
an Optionee dies while employed by the Corporation or any subsidiary corporation
(or a  corporation  or a parent or  subsidiary  of such  corporation  issuing or
assuming a stock option in a  transaction  to which  Section  424(a) of the Code
applies), his or her option shall expire one year after the date of death unless
by its terms it expires  sooner.  During  this one year or shorter  period,  the
option may be exercised,  to the extent that it remains  unexercised on the date
of death,  by the  person or  persons to whom the  Optionee's  rights  under the
option shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution,  but only
to the extent that the  Optionee is entitled to exercise  the option at the date
of death.

         Section 13. Options Not  Transferable.  Options granted pursuant to the
terms  of  this  Compensatory  Plan  may  not  be  sold,  pledged,  assigned  or
transferred  in any manner  otherwise  than by will or the laws of  descent  and
distribution  and may be exercised  during the  lifetime of an Optionee  only by
that Optionee or his guardian or legal representative.
<PAGE>


                                    PART III

                         STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN


         Section 1.  Purpose.  The purpose of this S.A.R.  Plan is to permit the
Corporation  to grant  stock  appreciation  rights for its  Common  Stock to its
full-time key employees. This S.A.R. Plan is designed to help attract and retain
superior personnel for positions of responsibility  with the Corporation and any
subsidiary  and to  provide  key  employees  with  an  additional  incentive  to
contribute to the success of the  Corporation.  This S.A.R.  Plan is Part III of
the  Corporation's  Program.  Unless  any  provision  herein  indicates  to  the
contrary,  this S.A.R.  Plan shall be subject to the General  Provisions  of the
Program.

         Section 2. Terms and Conditions.  The Program  Administrators  may, but
shall not be obligated to, authorize,  on such terms and conditions as they deem
appropriate  in each  case,  the  Corporation  to accept  the  surrender  by the
recipient  of a stock  option  granted  under  Part I or Part II of the right to
exercise that option,  or portion thereof,  in consideration  for the payment by
the Corporation of an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the
shares of Common Stock subject to such surrendered  option,  or portion thereof,
over the option price of such shares.  Such  payment,  at the  discretion of the
Program Administrators, may be made in shares of Common Stock valued at the then
fair market  value  thereof,  determined  as provided in Section 4 of Part I, in
cash or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock;  provided that with
respect to rights  granted in tandem with incentive  stock options,  the Program
Administrators  shall  establish the form(s) of payment  allowed the Optionee at
the date of grant.  The Program  Administrators  shall not be authorized to make
payment to any  Optionee  in shares of the  Corporation's  Common  Stock  unless
Section  83 of the Code  would  apply to the  Common  Stock  transferred  to the
Optionee.

         Section 3. Time of Grant. With respect to options granted under Part I,
stock appreciation rights must be granted concurrently with the stock options to
which  they  relate;  with  respect  to options  granted  under  Part II,  stock
appreciation rights may be granted  concurrently or at any time thereafter prior
to the exercise or expiration of such options.

         Section  4.  Exercise  of Stock  Appreciation  Rights;  Effect on Stock
Options and Vice Versa. Each stock  appreciation  right shall become exercisable
at the rate of 20% per year on each  annual  anniversary  of the date the  stock
appreciation  right was granted,  and the right to exercise may be cumulative as
determined  by  the  Program  Administrators.  Upon  the  exercise  of  a  stock
appreciation  right,  the number of shares  available  under the stock option to
which it relates  shall  decrease by a number  equal to the number of shares for
which the right was exercised.  Upon the exercise of a stock option, any related
stock  appreciation  right shall terminate as to any number of shares subject to
the right that  exceeds  the total  number of shares for which the stock  option
remains unexercised.
<PAGE>
         Section 5. Time  Limitations.  Any  election by an Optionee to exercise
the stock appreciation  rights provided in this S.A.R. Plan shall be made during
the period  beginning  on the third  business  day  following  the  release  for
publication of quarterly or annual financial information required to be prepared
and disseminated by the Corporation pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange
Act and ending on the twelfth  business day  following  such date.  The required
release of information shall be deemed to have been satisfied when the specified
financial  data  appears  on or in a wire  service,  financial  news  service or
newspaper of general circulation or is otherwise first made publicly available.

         Section 6.  Non-Transferable.  The holder of a stock appreciation right
may not  transfer or assign the right  otherwise  than by will or in  accordance
with the laws of  descent  and  distribution.  Furthermore,  in the event of the
termination  of his or her service  with the  Corporation  as an officer  and/or
employee,  the right may be exercised only within the period,  if any, which the
option to which it relates may be exercised.

         Section 7. Tandem  Incentive Stock Option - Stock  Appreciation  Right.
Whenever an  incentive  stock option  authorized  pursuant to Part I and a stock
appreciation right authorized hereunder are granted together and the exercise of
one affects the right to exercise the other,  the following  requirements  shall
apply:

         (a) The  stock  appreciation  right  will  expire  no  later  than  the
expiration of the underlying incentive stock option;

         (b) The stock appreciation right may be for no more than the difference
between the exercise price of the underlying  option and the market price of the
stock subject to the underlying option at the time the stock  appreciation right
is exercised;

         (c)  The  stock  appreciation  right  is  transferable  only  when  the
underlying incentive stock option is transferable and under the same conditions;

         (d) The  stock  appreciation  right  may be  exercised  only  when  the
underlying incentive stock option is eligible to be exercised; and

         (e) The stock  appreciation right may be exercised only when the market
price of the stock subject to the option exceeds the exercise price of the stock
subject to the option.

         Section 8.  Request for  Reports.  A copy of the  Corporation's  annual
report  to  stockholders  shall be  delivered  to each  Optionee.  Upon  written
request,  the  Corporation  shall  furnish  to each  Optionee a copy of its most
recent Form 10-K Annual Report and each Form 10-Q Quarterly  Report and Form 8-K
Current Report filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  since the end
of the  Corporation's  prior  fiscal  year,  or the  comparable  forms for small
business issuers if such forms are utilized by the Corporation.




                                  Exhibit 10.5

                        1995 Directors' Stock Option Plan
<PAGE>
                         BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                        1995 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I
                            ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

         Bank West Financial  Corporation (the "Corporation") hereby establishes
this  1995  Directors'  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Plan")  upon the  terms  and
conditions hereinafter stated.


                                   ARTICLE II
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN 

         The purpose of this Plan is to improve the growth and  profitability of
the Corporation by attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors and
providing such directors with a proprietary  interest in the Corporation through
non-discretionary   grants  of  non-qualified  stock  options  (an  "Option"  or
"Options") to purchase shares of the Corporation's  common stock, par value $.01
per share ("Common Stock").


                                   ARTICLE III
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 

         3.01  Administration.  This Plan  shall be  administered  by the entire
Board of Directors of the  Corporation  (the "Board").  The Board shall have the
power,  subject to and within the limits of the express provisions of this Plan,
to exercise  such  powers and to perform  such acts as are deemed  necessary  or
expedient to promote the best interests of the Corporation  with respect to this
Plan.

         3.02 Compliance with Law and Regulations. All Options granted hereunder
shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations
and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required.
The Corporation  shall not be required to issue or deliver any  certificates for
shares  of  Common  Stock  prior  to  the  completion  of  any  registration  or
qualification  of or  obtaining  of consents or  approvals  with respect to such
shares  under  any  federal  or  state  law or any  rule  or  regulation  of any
government body, which the Corporation shall, in its sole discretion,  determine
to be  necessary  or  advisable.  Moreover,  no Option may be  exercised if such
exercise or issuance would be contrary to applicable laws and regulations.

         3.03 Restrictions on Transfer.  The Corporation may place a legend upon
any  certificate  representing  shares  acquired  pursuant to an Option  granted
hereunder  noting  that  the  transfer  of  such  shares  may be  restricted  by
applicable laws and regulations.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ELIGIBILITY

         Options shall be granted  pursuant to the terms hereof to each director
of the  Corporation as of the dates specified in Article VI hereof who is not an
employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation  ("Non-employee
Director"),  except  as  otherwise  specified  herein.  No  honorary  directors,
advisory  directors or directors  emeritus shall be entitled to receive  Options
hereunder.

                                    ARTICLE V
                        COMMON STOCK COVERED BY THE PLAN 

         5.01 Option Shares.  The aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock of
the Corporation which may be issued pursuant to this Plan, subject to adjustment
as  provided  in Article  VIII,  shall be an amount  equal to 3.0% of the Common
Stock issued and sold by the  Corporation in the  subscription  offering and any
community  offering  (collectively,  the  "Offering")  pursuant  to the  Plan of
Conversion  of Bank West,  F.S.B.  ("Plan of  Conversion").  None of such shares
shall be the subject of more than one Option at any time, but if an Option as to
any shares is  surrendered  before  exercise  or expires or  terminates  for any
reason  without having been exercised in full, or for any other reason ceases to
be  exercisable,  the  number of  shares  covered  thereby  shall  again  become
available for grant under the Plan as if no Options had been previously  granted
with respect to such shares.

         5.02 Source of Shares.  The shares of Common  Stock  issued  under this
Plan may be authorized but previously unissued shares, treasury shares or shares
purchased by the  Corporation on the open market or from private sources for use
under the Plan.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                  OPTION GRANTS 

         6.01 Option Grants. Options to purchase shares of Common Stock shall be
granted to Non-employee  Directors of the Corporation at the following times and
in the following amounts:

                  (a)  Initial  Grant.  An  Option  shall be  allocated  to each
Non-employee  Director on the date this Plan is approved by the  stockholders of
the  Corporation.  Specifically,  each  Non-employee  Director  shall receive an
Option  for the  number of whole  shares of Common  Stock  (rounded  down to the
nearest whole share)  determined by multiplying  the number of Options which may
be issued  pursuant to this Plan by 75% and dividing  such product by the number
of Non-employee Directors at such time.

                   (b) Grant on One-Year  Anniversary  Date.  An Option shall be
allocated to each Non-employee  Director on the one-year anniversary of the date
this Plan is approved by stockholders  of the  Corporation.  Specifically,  each
Non-employee  Director shall receive an Option for the number of whole shares of
Common Stock  (rounded down to the nearest  whole share)  determined by dividing
the remaining number of Options which may be issued pursuant to this Plan by the
number of Non-employee Directors at such time.
<PAGE>
                  (c) Subsequent  Grants.  In the event any Options granted to a
Non-employee  Director  expire or terminate for any reason before they have been
exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to those expired or terminated
Options shall be granted to persons who become a  Non-employee  Director for the
first time  following the date Options are granted  pursuant to Section  6.01(b)
above, as follows:  (1) on the date such person is first appointed or elected as
a  Non-employee  Director,  he shall  receive an Option for 1,000 shares or such
lesser number of shares as may be available  for grants under the Plan;  and (2)
if such person does not receive an Option for 1,000  shares as of the date he is
first appointed or elected as a Non-employee  Director because sufficient shares
were not available,  he shall receive one or more  additional  grants as of each
day, if any, that an Option subsequently  expires or terminates until the number
of Options granted to him shall aggregate 1,000 shares.

         6.02  Allocation of Grants.  If, on any date on which Options are to be
granted  pursuant to this Plan,  the number of shares of Common Stock  remaining
available  under this Plan (after  taking into account  both shares  theretofore
issued and shares subject to issuance upon exercise of  outstanding  Options) is
insufficient  for the grant of Options to purchase  the entire  number of shares
specified  above,  then  Options  to  purchase  a  proportionate  amount of such
available number of shares (rounded down to the greatest number of whole shares)
shall be granted to each Non-employee  Director entitled to receive an Option on
such date.

         6.03 Maximum Number of Shares to Any Non-Employee Director.  During the
life of  this  Plan,  no  Non-employee  Director  of the  Corporation  or of any
subsidiary shall be granted Options pursuant to this Plan in an aggregate amount
in  excess  of .5% of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  and  sold  by the
Corporation  in the Offering,  subject to adjustment as provided in Article VIII
hereof.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  OPTION TERMS

         Each  Option  granted  hereunder  shall be on the  following  terms and
conditions:

         7.01 Option Agreement.  The proper officers of the Corporation and each
optionee  shall  execute  an Option  Agreement  which  shall set forth the total
number of shares of Common  Stock to which it pertains,  the exercise  price and
such other terms,  conditions and provisions as are  appropriate,  provided that
they are not  inconsistent  with the terms,  conditions  and  provisions of this
Plan. Each optionee shall receive a copy of his executed Option Agreement.

                   7.02 Option Exercise  Price.  The per share exercise price at
which the shares of Common  Stock may be  purchased  upon  exercise of an Option
granted  pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof shall be equal to the fair market value
of the shares at the time of the grant of the Option. For purposes of this Plan,
fair market  value shall be the mean of the high and low sales prices of a share
of Common Stock on the date in question (or, if such day is not a trading day in
the U.S.  markets,  on the nearest  preceding  trading  day),  as reported  with
respect to the principal  market (or the composite of the markets,  if more than
one) or national quotation system in which such shares are then traded, or if no
such prices are  reported,  the mean  between the closing high bid and low asked
prices  of a share  of  Common  Stock  on that day on the  principal  market  or
national  quotation  system then in use, or if no such quotations are available,
the price furnished by a professional  securities dealer making a market in such
<PAGE>
shares  selected by the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,  or if no such
prices are  available,  the book value of a share of Common Stock as  determined
under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles as of the latest  practicable
date.

         7.03  Exercise and Duration of Options.

         (a) Except as provided below,  each Option shall become  exercisable at
the rate of 20% per year on each annual  anniversary  of the date the Option was
granted,  and the right to exercise  shall be  cumulative.  No Option or portion
thereof shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date of grant.

         (b)  Exception  for  Termination  Due to  Death  or  Disability.  If an
optionee  dies while serving as a  Non-employee  Director or if his service as a
Non-employee  Director  is  terminated  as a result of  disability  without  the
optionee  having fully exercised his Options,  the optionee's  right to exercise
his Options shall be accelerated  and his Options shall be 100%  exercisable (to
the extent not previously exercised) as of the date of such death or disability.
Thereafter,  the  optionee  or  the  executors,   administrators,   legatees  or
distributees  of his estate shall have the right to exercise such Options during
the  twelve-month  period  following such death or disability,  provided that no
Option  shall be  exercisable  within six (6) months  after the date of grant or
more than ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

         (c)  Exception  for  Termination  Due  to  Retirement,  Resignation  or
Non-Reelection.  If the service of a  Non-employee  Director is  terminated as a
result of retirement,  resignation or non-reelection  before the Options granted
to such Non-employee Director have become fully exercisable,  any portion of the
Options which had not yet become  exercisable as of the date of such termination
shall expire and be terminated,  and the Non-employee Director shall forfeit any
rights to that  portion of his  Options  which had not yet  become  exercisable.
Following  the  date his  service  is  terminated  as a  result  of  retirement,
resignation or non-reelection, the Non-employee Director shall have the right to
exercise his Options,  to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination
of  service,   during  the   twelve-month   period  following  such  retirement,
resignation  or  non-reelection,  provided  that no Option shall be  exercisable
within six (6)  months  after the date of grant or more than ten (10) years from
the date it was granted.

         (d) Options granted to a Non-employee Director who is removed for cause
pursuant to the Corporation's Bylaws shall terminate as of the effective date of
such removal.

         7.04 Nonassignability. Options shall not be transferable by an optionee
except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during an optionee's
lifetime shall be exercisable  only by such optionee or the optionee's  guardian
or legal representative.

         7.05 Manner of  Exercise.  Options may be exercised in part or in whole
and at one time or from time to time.  The  procedures for exercise shall be set
forth in the written Option Agreement provided for in Section 7.01.
<PAGE>
         7.06  Payment for  Shares.  Payment in full of the  purchase  price for
shares of Common Stock purchased  pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be
made to the Corporation  upon exercise of the Option.  Payment for shares may be
made by the optionee in cash,  by certified  or cashier's  check  payable to the
Corporation,  or by delivering shares of Common Stock (including shares acquired
pursuant  to the  exercise  of an  Option)  equal  in fair  market  value to the
purchase  price of the shares to be  acquired  pursuant  to the  Option,  or any
combination of the foregoing.

         7.07 Voting and Dividend  Rights.  No optionee shall have any voting or
dividend  rights or other  rights of a  stockholder  in respect of any shares of
Common Stock covered by an Option prior to the time that his name is recorded on
the  Corporation's  stockholder  ledger as the  holder of record of such  shares
acquired pursuant to an exercise of an Option.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                         ADJUSTMENTS FOR CAPITAL CHANGES

         The aggregate  number of shares of Common Stock  available for issuance
under this Plan, the number of shares to which any Option relates,  the exercise
price per share of Common  Stock  under any  Option  and the  maximum  number of
Options   which  may  be  granted  to  any   Non-employee   Director   shall  be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the total  number of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock issued subsequent to the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  by the Plan of  Conversion  resulting  from a split,
subdivision  or  consolidation  of shares or any other capital  adjustment,  the
payment of a stock  dividend,  or other  increase  or  decrease  in such  shares
effected without receipt or payment of  consideration  by the  Corporation.  If,
upon a merger, consolidation,  reorganization,  liquidation, recapitalization or
the like of the Corporation,  the shares of the Corporation's Common Stock shall
be exchanged for other securities of the Corporation or of another  corporation,
each recipient of an Option shall be entitled,  subject to the conditions herein
stated,  to purchase or acquire  such number of shares of Common Stock or amount
of  other  securities  of the  Corporation  or such  other  corporation  as were
exchangeable  for the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation  which
such  optionees  would have been entitled to purchase or acquire except for such
action,  and  appropriate  adjustments  shall be made to the per share  exercise
price of outstanding Options.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                      AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN 

         The Board may, by resolution,  at any time  terminate,  amend or revise
this Plan with  respect to any shares of Common  Stock as to which  Options have
not been granted,  provided,  however,  that no amendment  which (a) changes the
maximum  number of shares that may be sold or issued  under the Plan (other than
in accordance  with the  provisions of Article VIII) or (b) changes the class of
persons that may be granted Options shall become effective until it receives the
approval of the stockholders of the  Corporation,  and further provided that the
Board may determine that  stockholder  approval for any other  amendment to this
Plan may be  advisable  for any reason,  such as for the purpose of obtaining or
retaining any statutory or regulatory  benefits  under tax,  securities or other
laws or satisfying any applicable stock exchange listing requirements. The Board
may not,  without  the  consent of the holder of an Option,  alter or impair any
<PAGE>
Option  previously  granted  under this Plan except as  specifically  authorized
herein.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained in this Plan to the contrary,  the
provisions  of  Articles  IV, VI and VII of this Plan shall not be amended  more
than once every six months,  other than to comport  with changes in the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated under such statutes.


                                    ARTICLE X
                        RIGHTS TO CONTINUE AS A DIRECTOR 

         Neither this Plan nor the grant of any Options hereunder nor any action
taken by the Board in  connection  with this Plan shall  create any right on the
part of any Non-employee Director of the Corporation to continue as such.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   WITHHOLDING

         The Corporation may withhold from any cash payment made under this Plan
sufficient amounts to cover any applicable withholding and employment taxes, and
if the amount of such cash payment is insufficient,  the Corporation may require
the optionee to pay to the  Corporation  the amount required to be withheld as a
condition to delivering the shares acquired pursuant to an Option.


                                   ARTICLE XII
                        EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN; TERM

         12.01 Effective Date of the Plan.  This Plan shall become  effective on
the date this Plan is approved by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  which
shall not be earlier than the sixth month anniversary of the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated by the Plan of Conversion (the "Effective Date"), and
Options may be granted  hereunder as of or after the effective Date and prior to
the termination of this Plan.

         12.02 Term of Plan. Unless sooner terminated, this Plan shall remain in
effect for a period of ten (10)  years  ending on the tenth  anniversary  of the
adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Termination
of this Plan shall not affect any Options previously  granted,  and such Options
shall remain valid and in effect until they (a) have been fully  exercised,  (b)
are surrendered, or (c) expire or are forfeited in accordance with their terms.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                            APPROVAL BY STOCKHOLDERS

         The Corporation shall submit this Plan to its stockholders for approval
at a meeting of stockholders  of the Corporation  held within twelve (12) months
following the adoption of this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
in order to meet the  requirements  of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 and, to the extent  applicable,  the  requirements  of the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. for quotation of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq System.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XIV
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                   13.01  Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed  under the
laws of the State of Michigan.

         13.02  Pronouns.  Wherever  appropriate,  the  masculine  pronoun shall
include the feminine pronoun, and the singular shall include the plural.




                                  Exhibit 10.6

                  1995 Management Recognition Plan for Officers


<PAGE>
                         BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                           1995 MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION
                      PLAN FOR OFFICERS AND TRUST AGREEMENT


                                    ARTICLE I
                       ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN AND TRUST

         1.01  Bank  West  Financial   Corporation  (the  "Corporation")  hereby
establishes the 1995 Management  Recognition  Plan (the "Plan") for the Officers
of the  Corporation  and its subsidiary,  Bank West,  F.S.B.  (the "Bank") and a
Trust (the "Trust")  upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  stated in this
1995  Management   Recognition  Plan  for  Officers  and  Trust  Agreement  (the
"Agreement").

         1.02 The Trustees  hereby accept this Trust and agree to hold the Trust
assets  existing on the date of this  Agreement and all additions and accretions
thereto upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated.


                                   ARTICLE II
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

         2.01 The purpose of the Plan is to retain  personnel of experience  and
ability in key positions by providing such key employees of the  Corporation and
its Subsidiaries with a proprietary  interest in the Corporation as compensation
for  their  contributions  to the  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  and as an
incentive to make such contributions in the future.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   DEFINITIONS

         The following words and phrases when used in the Agreement,  unless the
context clearly  indicates  otherwise,  shall have the meanings set forth below.
Wherever appropriate, the masculine pronouns shall include the feminine pronouns
and the singular shall include the plural.

         3.01  "Beneficiary"  means  the  person  or  persons  designated  by  a
Recipient  to receive any benefits  payable  under the Plan in the event of such
Recipient's  death.  Such person or persons  shall be  designated  in writing on
forms provided for this purpose by the Committee and may be changed from time to
time by similar  written  notice to the  Committee.  In the absence of a written
designation,  the Beneficiary shall be the Recipient's surviving spouse, if any,
or if none, his estate.

         3.02 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         3.03 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         3.04 "Committee" means the committee appointed by the Board pursuant to
Article IV hereof.

         3.05 "Common  Stock" means shares of common  stock,  par value $.01 per
share, of the Corporation.
<PAGE>
         3.06  "Disability"  means  any  physical  or  mental  impairment  which
qualifies an Employee for disability  benefits  under the  applicable  long-term
disability  plan  maintained by the  Corporation  or a Subsidiary or, if no such
plan applies,  which would qualify such Employee for  disability  benefits under
the Federal Social Security System.

         3.07 "Effective  Date" means the date on which the  stockholders of the
Corporation  approve this Plan,  which shall not be earlier than the sixth month
anniversary of the consummation of the Offering.

         3.08 "Employee"  means any person who is employed by the Corporation or
a Subsidiary,  including officers or other employees who may be directors of the
Corporation.

         3.09  "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

         3.10  "Offering"  means  the  offering  of Common  Stock to the  public
pursuant to the Plan of Conversion of Bank West, F.S.B.

         3.11 "Plan Shares" or "Shares" means shares of Common Stock held in the
Trust which may be distributed to a Recipient pursuant to the Plan.

         3.12 "Plan Share  Award" or "Award"  means a right  granted  under this
Plan to receive a  distribution  of Plan Shares upon  completion  of the service
requirements described in Article VII.

         3.13  "Recipient"  means an  Employee  who  receives a Plan Share Award
under the Plan.

         3.14  "Subsidiary"   means  those   subsidiaries  of  the  Corporation,
including  Bank West,  F.S.B.,  which,  with the consent of the Board,  agree to
participate in this Plan.

         3.15 "Trustee" means those persons (normally, members of the Committee)
nominated by the Committee  and approved by the Board  pursuant to Sections 4.01
and 4.02 to hold  legal  title to the Plan  assets  for the  purposes  set forth
herein.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

         4.01  Role  of the  Committee.  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  and
interpreted by the Committee,  which shall consist of two or more members of the
Board,  none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Corporation and each
of whom shall be a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act. The Committee shall have all of the powers  allocated to it in
this and other sections of the Plan. The  interpretation and construction by the
Committee  of any  provisions  of the Plan or of any Plan  Share  Award  granted
hereunder shall be final and binding. The Committee shall act by vote or written
consent of a majority  of its  members.  Subject to the express  provisions  and
limitations  of the Plan,  the Committee may adopt such rules,  regulations  and
procedures as it deems appropriate for the conduct of its affairs. The Committee
shall report its actions and decisions  with respect to the Plan to the Board at
appropriate  times,  but in no event less than one time per calendar  year.  The
Committee shall recommend to the Board one or more individuals  (normally,  from
among its members) to act as Trustees in accordance  with the provisions of this
Plan and Trust and the terms of Article VIII hereof.
<PAGE>
        4.02 Role of the Board. The members of the Committee and the Trustee or
Trustees  shall be  appointed or approved by, and will serve at the pleasure of,
the Board.  The Board may in its  discretion  from time to time  remove  members
from, or add members to, the Committee, and may remove, replace or add Trustees,
provided that any  directors who are selected as members of the Committee  shall
not be officers or  employees  of the  Corporation  and shall be  "disinterested
persons" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

         4.03  Limitation on Liability.  No member of the Board or the Committee
shall be liable for any  determination  made in good  faith with  respect to the
Plan or any Plan Shares or Plan Share  Awards  granted  under it. If a member of
the Board or the Committee is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether civil,
criminal,  administrative  or  investigative,  by reason of anything done or not
done by him in such capacity under or with respect to the Plan, the  Corporation
shall, subject to the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, indemnify
such member against all liabilities and expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by him in  connection  with such action,  suit or proceeding if he acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably  believed to be in the best interests of the
Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

         4.04 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. All awards granted hereunder
shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations
and to such approvals by any government or regulatory  agency or stockholders as
may be required.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                  CONTRIBUTIONS

         5.01 Amount of Timing of  Contributions.  The Board shall determine the
amount (or the method of computing  the amount) and timing of any  contributions
by the Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  to the Trust  established  under this
Plan. Such amounts may be paid in cash or in shares of Common Stock and shall be
paid to the Trust at the designated time of  contribution.  No  contributions by
Employees shall be permitted.

         5.02  Investment  of Trust  Assets;  Number of Plan Shares.  Subject to
Section  8.02  hereof,  the  Trustees  shall  invest all of the  Trust's  assets
primarily in Common  Stock.  The aggregate  number of Plan Shares  available for
distribution  pursuant to this Plan in the first year  following  the  Offering,
subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.01 hereof,  shall not exceed 2.8%
of the  shares  of Common  Stock  which are  issued  by the  Corporation  in the
Offering  (rounded  down to the nearest  whole  number),  which  shares shall be
acquired by the Trust following receipt of stockholder approval of the Plan with
funds contributed by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            ELIGIBILITY; ALLOCATIONS

         6.01  Eligibility.  Plan Share Awards may be made to such  Employees as
may be selected by the  Committee.  In  selecting  those  Employees to whom Plan
Share Awards may be granted and the number of Shares covered by such Awards, the
Committee  shall  consider  the position  and  responsibilities  of the eligible
Employees,  the value of their services to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries,
and any other  factors the Committee  may deem  relevant.  The Committee may but
shall  not be  required  to  request  the  written  recommendation  of the Chief
Executive  Officer  of the  Corporation  other  than with  respect to Plan Share
Awards to be granted to him.

         6.02  Form  of  Allocation.   As  promptly  as   practicable   after  a
determination  is made pursuant to Section 6.01 that a Plan Share Award is to be
issued,  the Committee shall notify the Recipient in writing of the grant of the
Award,  the number of Plan Shares covered by the Award, and the terms upon which
the Plan Shares subject to the Award shall be distributed to the Employee.  Such
terms shall be reflected in a written  agreement with the Employee.  The date on
which the  Committee so notifies the Recipient  shall be considered  the date of
grant of the Plan Share Award.  The Committee  shall maintain  records as to all
grants of Plan Share Awards under the Plan.

         6.03 Maximum Number of Plan Shares to Any  Individual.  During the life
of this Plan,  no Employee  shall be granted Plan Share Awards  pursuant to this
Plan covering an aggregate number of Plan Shares in excess of 1.0% of the shares
of Common Stock issued and sold by the  Corporation in the Offering,  subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 9.01 hereof.

         6.04 Allocations Not Required to any Specific Employee. Notwithstanding
anything to the  contrary in Section  6.01  hereof,  no Employee  shall have any
right or entitlement to receive a Plan Share Award hereunder,  such Awards being
at the total discretion of the Committee.


                                   ARTICLE VII
             EARNING AND DISTRIBUTION OF PLAN SHARES; VOTING RIGHTS

         7.01 Earning Plan Shares; Forfeitures.

                  (a) General  Rules.  Subject to the terms hereof,  Plan Shares
subject  to an Award  shall be earned by a  Recipient  at the rate of 20% of the
aggregate number of Shares covered by the Award as of each annual anniversary of
the date of grant of the Award.  If the  employment of a Recipient is terminated
prior to the fifth annual anniversary of the date of grant of a Plan Share Award
for any reason  (except as  specifically  provided  in  subsections  (b) and (c)
below), the Recipient shall forfeit the right to any Shares subject to the Award
which have not theretofore been earned.

         In  determining  the  number of Plan  Shares  which  are to be  earned,
fractional  Shares shall be rounded down to the nearest whole  number,  provided
that such  fractional  Shares shall be aggregated  and  distributed on the fifth
annual anniversary of the date of grant.
<PAGE>
                  (b) Exception  for  Terminations  Due to Death or  Disability.
Notwithstanding  the general rule contained in Section 7.01(a),  all Plan Shares
subject to a Plan Share  Award held by a  Recipient  whose  employment  with the
Corporation  or any Subsidiary  terminates  due to death or Disability  shall be
deemed earned as of the Recipient's  last day of employment with the Corporation
or  Subsidiary  and  shall be  distributed  as soon as  practicable  thereafter;
provided,  however, that no Awards shall be distributed prior to six months from
the date of grant of the Plan Share Award.

                  (c) Revocation for Misconduct. Notwithstanding anything in the
Plan to the contrary,  the Board may by resolution  immediately revoke,  rescind
and terminate any Plan Share Award, or portion thereof, previously awarded under
this Plan, to the extent Plan Shares have not been distributed  hereunder to the
Recipient,  whether  or not  yet  earned,  in the  case  of an  Employee  who is
discharged  from the employ of the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary for cause (as
hereinafter  defined).   Termination  of  employment  for  cause  shall  include
termination because of personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful misconduct,
breach of fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional  failure to
perform stated duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule or regulation (other
than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final  cease-and-desist order or
material breach of any employment agreement.

For purposes of this paragraph,  no act or failure to act on the Employee's part
shall be  considered  "willful"  unless  done,  or  omitted  to be done,  by the
Employee  not in good faith and without  reasonable  belief that the  Employee's
action  or  omission  was in  the  best  interest  of the  Corporation  and  its
Subsidiaries.

         7.02  Distribution of Dividends.  Any cash dividends or stock dividends
declared  in  respect  of each Plan  Share held by the Trust will be paid by the
Trust,  as soon  as  practicable  after  the  Trust's  receipt  thereof,  to the
Recipient on whose behalf such Plan Share is then held by the Trust.

         7.03     Distribution of Plan Shares.

                  (a) Timing of Distributions:  General Rule. Except as provided
in Section  7.03(b),  Plan Shares  shall be  distributed  to a Recipient  or his
Beneficiary,  as the case may be, as soon as  practicable  after  they have been
earned,  provided,  however,  that no Plan  Shares  shall  be  distributed  to a
Recipient or  Beneficiary  pursuant to a Plan Share Award within six months from
the date on which that Plan Share Award was granted to such person. In addition,
no Plan Shares shall be distributed  unless and until all of the requirements of
law and of all regulatory  agencies  having  jurisdiction  over the issuance and
delivery of the Plan Shares shall have been fully complied  with,  including the
receipt of approval of the Plan by the  stockholders  of the Corporation by such
vote, if any, as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.

                  (b) Timing:  Exception for 10%  Stockholders.  Notwithstanding
Sections  7.03(a)  above,  no Plan Shares may be  distributed  prior to the date
which is five years from the date of  consummation of the Offering to the extent
the  Recipient or  Beneficiary,  as the case may be, would after receipt of such
Shares  own in  excess of 10% of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock. Any Plan Shares remaining undistributed solely by reason of the operation
of this Section 7.03(b) shall be distributed to the Recipient or his Beneficiary
on the date which is five years from the date of consummation of the Offering.
<PAGE>
                  (c) Form of Distributions.  All Plan Shares, together with any
Shares representing stock dividends,  shall be distributed in the form of Common
Stock.  One share of Common  Stock shall be given for each Plan Share earned and
distributable. Payments representing cash dividends shall be made in cash.

                  (d)  Withholding.  The  Trustees  may  withhold  from any cash
payment or Common Stock  distribution made under this Plan sufficient amounts to
cover any applicable  withholding and employment  taxes,  and if the amount of a
cash  payment is  insufficient,  the  Trustees  may  require  the  Recipient  or
Beneficiary  to pay to the  Trustees  the amount  required  to be  withheld as a
condition  of  delivering  the Plan Shares.  The Trustees  shall pay over to the
Corporation or any Subsidiary  which employs or employed such Recipient any such
amount withheld from or paid by the Recipient or Beneficiary.

                  (e) Restrictions on Selling of Plan Shares.  Plan Share Awards
may not be sold,  assigned,  pledged or otherwise  disposed of prior to the time
that  they are  earned  and  distributed  pursuant  to the  terms of this  Plan.
Following  distribution,   the  Committee  may  require  the  Recipient  or  his
Beneficiary,  as the case may be, to agree not to sell or  otherwise  dispose of
his  distributed  Plan  Shares  except in  accordance  with all then  applicable
federal and state  securities  laws,  and the Committee may cause a legend to be
placed on the stock  certificate(s)  representing the distributed Plan Shares in
order to restrict the transfer of the distributed Plan Shares for such period of
time or under such  circumstances as the Committee,  upon the advice of counsel,
may deem appropriate.

         7.04 Voting of Plan Shares. After a Plan Share Award has been made, the
Recipient  shall be entitled to direct the Trustees as to the voting of the Plan
Shares  which are  covered by the Plan  Share  Award and which have not yet been
earned and  distributed  to him pursuant to Section  7.03,  subject to rules and
procedures adopted by the Committee for this purpose.  If the Recipient does not
direct  the  Trustees  as to the voting of Plan  Shares  which have not yet been
earned and distributed  pursuant to Section 7.03, such shares shall not be voted
by the  Trustees.  In the  event a tender  offer is made  for Plan  Shares,  the
Trustees  shall  tender  Plan  Shares  held by the Plan  which have not yet been
earned and distributed in accordance with instructions from the Recipient.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                      TRUST

         8.01 Trust. The Trustees shall receive,  hold,  administer,  invest and
make  distributions  and  disbursements  from the Trust in  accordance  with the
provisions  of  the  Plan  and  Trust  and  the  applicable  directions,  rules,
regulations,  procedures and policies  established by the Committee  pursuant to
the Plan.

         8.02  Management of Trust. It is the intent of this Plan and Trust that
the Trustees shall have complete  authority and  discretion  with respect to the
arrangement,  control and  investment of the Trust,  and that the Trustees shall
invest  all  assets  of  the  Trust  in  Common  Stock  to  the  fullest  extent
practicable,  except  (i) to the extent  that the  Trustees  determine  that the
holding  of  monies  in  cash or  cash  equivalents  is  necessary  to meet  the
obligations of the Trust and (ii)  contributions to the Trust by the Corporation
and Subsidiary may be temporarily invested in such  interest-bearing  account or
accounts as the Trustees shall determine to be appropriate.  In performing their
duties,  the  Trustees  shall have the power to do all things and  execute  such
instruments  as may be deemed  necessary  or  proper,  including  the  following
powers:
<PAGE>
                  (a) To invest up to 100% of all Trust  assets in Common  Stock
without  regard to any law now or hereafter in force  limiting  investments  for
trustees or other fiduciaries.  The investment  authorized herein may constitute
the only investment of the Trust,  and in making such  investment,  the Trustees
are authorized to purchase  Common Stock from the  Corporation or from any other
source,  and such Common Stock so purchased may be outstanding,  newly issued or
treasury shares.

                  (b) To invest  any Trust  assets  not  otherwise  invested  in
accordance  with (a) above, in such deposit  accounts,  certificates of deposit,
obligations  of the  United  States  Government  or its  agencies  or such other
investments as shall be considered the equivalent of cash.

                  (c) To sell,  exchange or otherwise dispose of any property at
any time held or acquired by the Trust.

                  (d)  To  cause  stocks,   bonds  or  other  securities  to  be
registered  in the name of a nominee,  without the addition of words  indicating
that such  security  is an asset of the Trust  (but  accurate  records  shall be
maintained showing that such security is an asset of the Trust).

                  (e) To hold cash  without  interest in such  amounts as may in
the opinion of the Trustees be reasonable  for the proper  operation of the Plan
and Trust.

                  (f) To employ  brokers,  agents,  custodians,  consultants and
accountants.

                  (g) To hire  counsel to render  advice  with  respect to their
rights,  duties and  obligations  hereunder,  and such other  legal  services or
representation as they may deem desirable.

                  (h) To hold funds and securities  representing  the amounts to
be distributed  to a Recipient or his  Beneficiary as a consequence of a dispute
as to the disposition thereof, whether in a segregated account or held in common
with other assets of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Trustees
shall not be required to make any  inventory,  appraisal or settlement or report
to any court,  or to secure any order of a court for the  exercise  of any power
herein contained, or to give any bond.

         8.03 Records and Accounts.  The Trustees  shall  maintain  accurate and
detailed records and accounts of all  transactions of the Trust,  which shall be
available at all reasonable  times for inspection by any legally entitled person
or entity  to the  extent  required  by  applicable  law,  or any  other  person
determined by the Committee.

         8.04  Expense.  All costs and expenses  incurred in the  operation  and
administration  of  this  Plan  shall  be  borne  by  the  Corporation  and  its
Subsidiaries.

         8.05  Indemnification.  Subject to the  requirements of applicable laws
and regulations,  the Corporation shall indemnify,  defend and hold the Trustees
harmless against all claims,  expenses and liabilities arising out of or related
to the  exercise  of the  Trustees'  powers and the  discharge  of their  duties
hereunder,  unless the same shall be due to their  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct.
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.01  Adjustments  for Capital  Changes.  The aggregate  number of Plan
Shares available for distribution  pursuant to the Plan Share Awards, the number
of Shares to which any Plan Share Award  relates and the maximum  number of Plan
Shares which may be granted to any Employee  shall be  proportionately  adjusted
for any increase or decrease in the total number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock issued subsequent to the Offering resulting from any split, subdivision or
consolidation  of shares  or other  capital  adjustment,  or other  increase  or
decrease in such shares effected  without receipt or payment of consideration by
the Corporation.

         9.02  Amendment and  Termination of Plan. The Board may, by resolution,
at any time amend or terminate the Plan, subject to (i) any required stockholder
approval or any  stockholder  approval  which the Board may deem to be advisable
for any reason,  such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any statutory
or regulatory  benefits  under tax,  securities or other laws or satisfying  any
applicable  stock exchange  listing  requirements,  and (ii) compliance with all
applicable  federal and state laws,  rules and  regulations.  The Board may not,
without  the  consent of the holder of a Plan Share  Award,  alter or impair any
Plan Share Award previously  granted under this Plan as specifically  authorized
herein.  Termination of this Plan shall not affect Plan Share Awards  previously
granted,  and such Plan Share Awards shall remain valid and in effect until they
(a) have been fully earned, (b) are surrendered,  or (c) expire or are forfeited
in accordance with their terms.

         9.03 Nontransferable. Plan Share Awards and rights to Plan Shares shall
not be  transferable  by a Recipient,  and during the lifetime of the Recipient,
Plan  Shares may only be earned by and paid to a Recipient  who was  notified in
writing of an Award by the  Committee  pursuant to Section 6.02. No Recipient or
Beneficiary shall have any right in or claim to any assets of the Plan or Trust,
nor shall the Corporation or any Subsidiary be subject to any claim for benefits
hereunder.

         9.04 Employment Rights.  Neither the Plan nor any grant of a Plan Share
Award  or Plan  Shares  hereunder  nor any  action  taken by the  Trustees,  the
Committee or the Board in connection with the Plan shall create any right on the
part of any  Employee  to  continue  in the  employ  of the  Corporation  or any
Subsidiary.

         9.05 Voting and Dividend Rights.  No Recipient shall have any voting or
dividend  rights or other rights of a stockholder  in respect of any Plan Shares
covered by a Plan Share Award, except as expressly provided in Sections 7.02 and
7.04  above,  prior to the  time  said  Plan  Shares  are  actually  earned  and
distributed to him.

         9.06 Governing Law. The Plan and Trust shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Michigan.

         9.07 Effective  Date.  This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective
Date, and Awards may be granted  hereunder as of or after the Effective Date and
as long as the Plan remains in effect.

         9.08 Term of Plan.  This Plan shall  remain in effect until the earlier
of (a) ten (10) years from the Effective  Date, (b) termination by the Board, or
(c) the distribution to Recipients and Beneficiaries of all assets of the Trust.
<PAGE>
         9.09 Tax Status of Trust.  It is  intended  that the trust  established
hereby be treated as a Grantor Trust of the Corporation  under the provisions of
Section 671 et seq. of the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Corporation  has caused this Agreement to be
executed by its duly  authorized  officers and the corporate  seal to be affixed
and duly attested,  and the initial Trustees of the Trust  established  pursuant
hereto have duly and validly  executed this  Agreement,  all on this 14th day of
August 1995.


ATTEST:                                       BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION



/s/ Joseph F. Kirkwood                 By:    /s/ Paul W. Sydloski
    ----------------------                    ------------------
    Joseph F. Kirkwood                            Paul W. Sydloski  
    Secretary                                     President and        
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

                                              TRUSTEES:


                                              /s/ Jacob Haisma
                                              ------------------
                                              Jacob Haisma

                                              /s/ George Jackoboice
                                              ------------------
                                              George Jackoboice

                                              /s/ Richard Bishop
                                              ------------------
                                              Richard Bishop







                                  Exhibit 10.7

                 1995 Management Recognition Plan for Directors


<PAGE>
                         BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                           1995 MANAGEMENT RECOGNITION
                     PLAN FOR DIRECTORS AND TRUST AGREEMENT


                                    ARTICLE I
                       ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN AND TRUST

         1.01  Bank  West  Financial   Corporation  (the  "Corporation")  hereby
establishes the 1995 Management  Recognition Plan (the "Plan") for the Directors
of the Corporation and its subsidiary,  Bank West,  F.S.B.  (the "Bank"),  and a
Trust (the "Trust")  upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  stated in this
1995  Management  Recognition  Plan  for  Directors  and  Trust  Agreement  (the
"Agreement").

         1.02 The Trustees hereby accept this Trust and agrees to hold the Trust
assets  existing on the date of this  Agreement and all additions and accretions
thereto upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated.

                                   ARTICLE II
                               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

         2.01 The purpose of the Plan is to improve the growth and profitability
of the Corporation by providing non-employee directors of the Corporation with a
proprietary  interest in the Corporation as compensation for their contributions
to the  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  and as an  incentive  to  make  such
contributions in the future.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   DEFINITIONS

         The following words and phrases when used in this Agreement, unless the
context clearly  indicates  otherwise,  shall have the meanings set forth below.
Wherever appropriate, the masculine pronouns shall include the feminine pronouns
and the singular shall include the plural.

         3.01  "Beneficiary"  means  the  person  or  persons  designated  by  a
Recipient  to receive any benefits  payable  under the Plan in the event of such
Recipient's  death.  Such person or persons  shall be  designated  in writing on
forms provided for this purpose by the Committee and may be changed from time to
time by similar  written  notice to the  Committee.  In the absence of a written
designation,  the Beneficiary shall be the Recipient's surviving spouse, if any,
or if none, his estate.

         3.02 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         3.03 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         3.04 "Committee" means the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation
which administers the Plan pursuant to Article IV hereof.

         3.05 "Common  Stock" means shares of common  stock,  par value $.01 per
share, of the Corporation.

         3.06  "Disability"  means  any  physical  or  mental  impairment  which
qualifies an Employee for disability  benefits  under the  applicable  long-term
disability  plan  maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary or, if no such
plan applies,  which would qualify such Employee for  disability  benefits under
the Federal Social Security System.
<PAGE>
         3.07 "Effective  Date" means the date on which the  stockholders of the
Corporation  approve this Plan,  which shall not be earlier than the sixth month
anniversary of the consummation of the Offering.

         3.08 "Employee"  means any person who is employed by the Corporation or
any  Subsidiary,  including  officers or other employees who may be directors of
the Corporation.

         3.09  "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
amended.

         3.10 "Non-employee  Director" means a member of the Board who is not an
Employee.

         3.11  "Offering"  means  the  offering  of Common  Stock to the  public
pursuant to the Plan of Conversion of Bank West, F.S.B.

         3.12 "Plan Shares" or "Shares" means shares of Common Stock held in the
Trust which may be distributed to a Recipient pursuant to the Plan.

         3.13 "Plan Share  Award" or "Award"  means a right  granted  under this
Plan to receive a  distribution  of Plan Shares upon  completion  of the service
requirements described in Article VII.

         3.14  "Recipient"  means a  Non-employee  Director  who receives a Plan
Share Award under the Plan.

         3.15 "Subsidiary" means any subsidiaries of the Corporation,  including
the Bank,  which,  with the consent of the Board,  agree to  participate in this
Plan.

         3.16  "Trustee" or "Trustees"  means those person or persons (which may
be  members  of the  Committee),  or  firm or  other  entity,  nominated  by the
Committee  and approved by the Board  pursuant to Sections 4.01 and 4.02 to hold
legal title to the Plan assets for the purposes set forth herein.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

         4.01  Role  of the  Committee.  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  and
interpreted by the  Committee,  which shall consist of the members of the entire
Board.  The Committee  shall have all of the powers  allocated to it in this and
other sections of the Plan. The interpretation and construction by the Committee
of any provisions of the Plan or of any Plan Share Award granted hereunder shall
be final and binding.  The Committee  shall act by vote or written  consent of a
majority of its members.  Subject to the express  provisions and  limitations of
the Plan, the Committee may adopt such rules,  regulations  and procedures as it
deems appropriate for the conduct of its affairs. The Committee shall report its
actions  and  decisions  with  respect  to the Plan to the Board at  appropriate
times, but in no event less than one time per calendar year. The Committee shall
appoint one or more persons (which may be from among its members),  or a firm or
other entity,  to act as Trustee(s)  in accordance  with the  provisions of this
Plan and Trust and the terms of Article VIII hereof.

         4.02 Role of the Board.  The Trustee or Trustees  shall be appointed or
approved by, and will serve at the pleasure of, the Committee. The Committee may
in its discretion from time to time remove or replace the Trustees.
<PAGE>
         4.03  Limitation  on  Liability.  No member of the  Committee  shall be
liable for any determination  made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any
Plan Shares or Plan Share Awards  granted under it. If a member of the Committee
is a party or is  threatened  to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative,  by reason of anything  done or not done by him in such  capacity
under or with  respect  to the  Plan,  the  Corporation  shall,  subject  to the
requirements of applicable laws and  regulations,  indemnify such member against
all liabilities and expenses (including attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with such action,  suit or  proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably  believed to be in the best interests of the  Corporation  and any
Subsidiaries  and,  with respect to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

         4.04 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. All awards granted hereunder
shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations
and to such approvals by any government or regulatory  agency or stockholders as
may be required.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                  CONTRIBUTIONS

         5.01 Amount and Timing of Contributions.  The Board shall determine the
amount (or the method of computing  the amount) and timing of any  contributions
by the Corporation to the Trust established under this Plan. Such amounts may be
paid in cash or in shares of Common  Stock and shall be paid to the Trust at the
designated time of  contribution.  No  contributions  by Non-employee  Directors
shall be permitted.

         5.02  Investment  of Trust  Assets;  Number of Plan Shares.  Subject to
Section  8.02  hereof,  the  Trustees  shall  invest all of the  Trust's  assets
primarily in Common  Stock.  The aggregate  number of Plan Shares  available for
distribution  pursuant to this Plan in the first year  following  the  Offering,
subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.01 hereof, shall be equal to 1.2%
of the  shares  of Common  Stock  which are  issued  by the  Corporation  in the
Offering  (rounded  down to the nearest  whole  number),  which  shares shall be
acquired by the Trust following receipt of stockholder approval of the Plan with
funds contributed by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            ELIGIBILITY; ALLOCATIONS

         6.01 Eligibility.  Plan Share Awards shall be made to each Non-employee
Director.

                  (a) Initial Grant. A Plan Share Award shall be granted to each
Non-employee  Director on the date this Plan is approved by the  stockholders of
the Corporation.  Specifically,  each Non-employee Director shall receive a Plan
Share Award for the number of whole shares of Common Stock  (rounded down to the
nearest whole number)  determined by multiplying  the number of shares of Common
Stock  which may be acquired  pursuant to this Plan in the first year  following
the  Offering by 90% and  dividing  such  product by the number of  Non-employee
Directors at such time.
<PAGE>
                  (b) Grant on One-Year  Anniversary  Date.  A Plan Share Award
shall be allocated to each Non-employee  Director on the one-year anniversary of
the date this Plan is approved by stockholders of the Corporation. Specifically,
each  Non-employee  Director  shall receive a Plan Share Award for the number of
whole  shares  of  Common  Stock  (rounded  down to the  nearest  whole  number)
determined by dividing the remaining  number of shares of Common Stock which may
be acquired  pursuant to this Plan in the first year  following  the Offering by
the number of Non-employee Directors at such time.

         (c) Subsequent  Grants. In the event any Plan Share Awards granted to a
Non-employee  Director  expire or terminate for any reason before they have been
earned in full, the unearned  shares subject to those expired or terminated Plan
Share Awards shall be granted to persons who become a Non-employee  Director for
the first time  following  the date Plan Share  Awards are  granted  pursuant to
Section  6.01(b)  above,  as  follows:  (1) on the  date  such  person  is first
appointed or elected as a Non-employee  Director,  he shall receive a Plan Share
Award for 500 shares or such  lesser  number of shares as may be  available  for
grants  under the Plan;  and (2) if such  person  does not  receive a Plan Share
Award  for 500  shares  as of the date he is first  appointed  or  elected  as a
Non-employee  Director because  sufficient  shares were not available,  he shall
receive one or more additional  grants as of each day, if any, that a Plan Share
Award  subsequently  expires or terminates until the number of Plan Share Awards
granted to him shall aggregate 500 shares.

         6.02 Form of Allocation.  As promptly as practicable after a Plan Share
Award is to be issued,  the  Committee  shall notify the Recipient in writing of
the grant of the Award,  the number of Plan Shares covered by the Award, and the
terms upon which the Plan Shares  subject to the Award shall be  distributed  to
the  Recipient.  Such terms shall be reflected in a written  agreement  with the
Recipient.  The Committee shall maintain  records as to all grants of Plan Share
Awards under the Plan.

         6.03 Maximum Number of Plan Shares to any Non-Employee Director. During
the life of this  Plan,  no  Non-employee  shall be granted  Plan  Share  Awards
pursuant to this Plan  covering an aggregate  number of Plan Shares in excess of
 .2% of the  shares of Common  Stock  issued and sold by the  Corporation  in the
Offering, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.01 hereof.

                                   ARTICLE VII
             EARNING AND DISTRIBUTION OF PLAN SHARES; VOTING RIGHTS

         7.01     Earning Plan Shares; Forfeitures.

                  (a) General  Rules.  Subject to the terms hereof,  Plan Shares
covered by an Award shall be earned by the  Recipient  at the rate of 20% of the
aggregate number of Shares covered by the Award as of each annual anniversary of
the date of grant of the  Award.  If service as a  director  by a  Recipient  is
terminated  prior to the fifth  anniversary of the date of grant of a Plan Share
Award for any reason (except as specifically provided in subsections (b) and (c)
below), the Recipient shall forfeit the right to any Shares subject to the Award
which have not theretofore been earned.

         In  determining  the  number of Plan  Shares  which  are to be  earned,
fractional  Shraes shall be rounded down to the nearest whole  number,  provided
that such  fractional  Shares shall be aggregated  and  distributed on the fifth
annual anniversary of the date of grant.
<PAGE>
                  (b) Exception  for  Terminations  Due to Death or  Disability.
Notwithstanding  the general rule contained in Section 7.01(a),  all Plan Shares
subject to a Plan Share Award held by a Recipient whose service as a director of
the Corporation  terminates due to death or Disability shall be deemed earned as
of the  Recipient's  last day of  service  with  the  Corporation  and  shall be
distributed as soon as practicable thereafter; provided, however, that no Awards
shall  be  distributed  prior to six  months  from the date of grant of the Plan
Share Award.

                  (c)  Revocation  for  Misconduct.   Notwithstanding   anything
hereinafter to the contrary,  the Board shall  immediately  revoke,  rescind and
terminate any Plan Share Award,  or portion  thereof,  previously  awarded under
this Plan, to the extent Plan Shares have not been distributed  hereunder to the
Recipient,  whether or not yet earned, in the case of any Non-employee  Director
who is  removed  from  service as a director  of the  Corporation  for cause (as
hereinafter  defined).  Removal from office for cause shall include  termination
because of personal  dishonesty,  incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  breach of
fiduciary duty involving personal profit,  intentional failure to perform stated
duties,  willful  violation of any law, rule or  regulation  (other than traffic
violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and desist order. For purposes of
this  paragraph,  no act or  failure  to act  on the  part  of the  Non-employee
Director  shall be considered  "willful"  unless done, or omitted to be done, by
the Non-employee  Director not in good faith and without  reasonable belief that
the action or omission of the Non-employee  Director was in the best interest of
the Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

         7.02  Distribution of Dividends.  Any cash dividends or stock dividends
declared  in  respect  of each Plan  Share held by the Trust will be paid by the
Trust,  as soon  as  practicable  after  the  Trust's  receipt  thereof,  to the
Recipient on whose behalf such Plan Share is then held by the Trust.

         7.03 Distribution of Plan Shares.

                  (a) Timing of Distributions:  General Rule. Except as provided
in Section  7.03(b),  Plan Shares  shall be  distributed  to a Recipient  or his
Beneficiary,  as the case may be, as soon as  practicable  after  they have been
earned,  provided,  however,  that no Plan  Shares  shall  be  distributed  to a
Recipient or  Beneficiary  pursuant to a Plan Share Award within six months from
the date on which that Plan Share Award was granted to such person. In addition,
no Plan Shares shall be distributed  unless and until all of the requirements of
law and of all regulatory  agencies  having  jurisdiction  over the issuance and
delivery of the Plan Shares shall have been fully complied  with,  including the
receipt of approval of the Plan by the  stockholders  of the Corporation by such
vote, if any, as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.

                  (b) Timing:  Exception for 10%  Stockholders.  Notwithstanding
Section 7.03(a) above, no Plan Shares may be distributed prior to the date which
is five years from the date of  consummation  of the  Offering to the extent the
Recipient or Beneficiary, as the case may be, would after receipt of such Shares
own in excess of 10% of the issued and outstanding  shares of Common Stock.  Any
Plan Shares  remaining  undistributed  solely by reason of the operation of this
Section  7.03(b) shall be distributed to the Recipient or his Beneficiary on the
date which is five years from the date of consummation of the Offering.

                  (c) Form of Distributions.  All Plan Shares, together with any
Shares representing stock dividends,  shall be distributed in the form of Common
Stock.  One share of Common  Stock shall be given for each Plan Share earned and
distributable. Payments representing cash dividends shall be made in cash.
<PAGE>
                  (d)  Withholding.  The  Trustees  may  withhold  from any cash
payment or Common Stock  distribution made under this Plan sufficient amounts to
cover any applicable  withholding and employment  taxes,  and if the amount of a
cash  payment is  insufficient,  the  Trustees  may  require  the  Recipient  or
Beneficiary  to pay to the  Trustees  the amount  required  to be  withheld as a
condition  of  delivering  the Plan Shares.  The Trustees  shall pay over to the
Corporation or any Subsidiary  which employs or employed such Recipient any such
amount withheld from or paid by the Recipient or Beneficiary.

                  (e) Restrictions on Selling of Plan Shares.  Plan Share Awards
may not be sold,  assigned,  pledged or otherwise  disposed of prior to the time
that  they are  earned  and  distributed  pursuant  to the  terms of this  Plan.
Following  distribution,   the  Committee  may  require  the  Recipient  or  his
Beneficiary,  as the case may be, to agree not to sell or  otherwise  dispose of
his  distributed  Plan  Shares  except in  accordance  with all then  applicable
federal and state  securities  laws,  and the Committee may cause a legend to be
placed on the stock  certificate(s)  representing the distributed Plan Shares in
order to restrict the transfer of the distributed Plan Shares for such period of
time or under such  circumstances as the Committee,  upon the advice of counsel,
may deem appropriate.

         7.04 Voting of Plan Shares. After a Plan Share Award has been made, the
Recipients shall be entitled to direct the Trustees as to the voting of the Plan
Shares  which are  covered by the Plan  Share  Award and which have not yet been
earned and  distributed  to them pursuant to Section 7.03,  subject to rules and
procedures adopted by the Committee for this purpose.  If the Recipient does not
direct  the  Trustees  as to the voting of Plan  Shares  which have not yet been
earned and distributed  pursuant to Section 7.03, such shares shall not be voted
by the  Trustees.  In the  event a tender  offer is made  for Plan  Shares,  the
Trustees  shall  tender  Plan  Shares  held by the Plan  which have not yet been
earned and distributed in accordance with instructions from the Recipient.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                      TRUST

         8.01 Trust. The Trustees shall receive,  hold,  administer,  invest and
make  distributions  and  disbursements  from the Trust in  accordance  with the
provisions  of  the  Plan  and  Trust  and  the  applicable  directions,  rules,
regulations,  procedures and policies  established by the Committee  pursuant to
the Plan.

         8.02  Management of Trust. It is the intent of this Plan and Trust that
the Trustees shall have complete  authority and  discretion  with respect to the
arrangement,  control and  investment of the Trust,  and that the Trustees shall
invest  all  assets  of  the  Trust  in  Common  Stock  to  the  fullest  extent
practicable,  except  (i) to the extent  that the  Trustees  determine  that the
holding  of  monies  in  cash or  cash  equivalents  is  necessary  to meet  the
obligations of the Trust and (ii)  contributions to the Trust by the Corporation
and Subsidiary may be temporarily invested in such  interest-bearing  account or
accounts as the Trustees shall determine to be appropriate.  In performing their
duties,  the  Trustees  shall have the power to do all things and  execute  such
instruments  as may be deemed  necessary  or  proper,  including  the  following
powers:
<PAGE>
                  (a) To invest up to 100% of all Trust  assets in Common  Stock
without  regard to any law now or hereafter in force  limiting  investments  for
trustees or other fiduciaries.  The investment  authorized herein may constitute
the only investment of the Trust,  and in making such  investment,  the Trustees
are authorized to purchase  Common Stock from the  Corporation or from any other
source,  and such Common Stock so purchased may be outstanding,  newly issued or
treasury shares.

                  (b) To invest  any Trust  assets  not  otherwise  invested  in
accordance  with (a) above, in such deposit  accounts,  certificates of deposit,
obligations  of the  United  States  Government  or its  agencies  or such other
investments as shall be considered the equivalent of cash.

                  (c) To sell,  exchange or otherwise dispose of any property at
any time held or acquired by the Trust.

                  (d)  To  cause  stocks,   bonds  or  other  securities  to  be
registered  in the name of a nominee,  without the addition of words  indicating
that such  security  is an asset of the Trust  (but  accurate  records  shall be
maintained showing that such security is an asset of the Trust).

                  (e) To hold cash  without  interest in such  amounts as may in
the opinion of the Trustees be reasonable  for the proper  operation of the Plan
and Trust.

                  (f) To employ  brokers,  agents,  custodians,  consultants and
accountants.

                  (g) To hire  counsel to render  advice  with  respect to their
rights,  duties and  obligations  hereunder,  and such other  legal  services or
representation as they may deem desirable.

                  (h) To hold funds and securities  representing  the amounts to
be distributed  to a Recipient or his  Beneficiary as a consequence of a dispute
as to the disposition thereof, whether in a segregated account or held in common
with other assets of the Trust.

         Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Trustees
shall not be required to make any  inventory,  appraisal or settlement or report
to any court,  or to secure any order of a court for the  exercise  of any power
herein contained, or to give any bond.

         8.03 Records and Accounts.  The Trustees  shall  maintain  accurate and
detailed records and accounts of all  transactions of the Trust,  which shall be
available at all reasonable  times for inspection by any legally entitled person
or entity  to the  extent  required  by  applicable  law,  or any  other  person
determined by the Committee.

         8.04  Expenses.  All costs and expenses  incurred in the  operation and
administration  of  this  Plan  shall  be  borne  by  the  Corporation  and  its
Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
         8.05  Indemnification.  Subject to the  requirements of applicable laws
and regulations,  the Corporation shall indemnify,  defend and hold the Trustees
harmless against all claims,  expenses and liabilities arising out of or related
to the  exercise  of the  Trustees'  powers and the  discharge  of their  duties
hereunder,  unless the same shall be due to their  gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         9.01  Adjustments  for Capital  Changes.  The aggregate  number of Plan
Shares available for distribution  pursuant to the Plan Share Awards, the number
of Shares to which any Plan Share Award  relates and the maximum  number of Plan
Shares   which  may  be  granted   to  any   Non-employee   Director   shall  be
proportionately  adjusted  for any  increase or decrease in the total  number of
outstanding  shares of Common Stock issued subsequent to the Offering  resulting
from any  split,  subdivision  or  consolidation  of  shares  or  other  capital
adjustment,  or other  increase  or decrease  in such  shares  effected  without
receipt or payment of consideration by the Corporation.

         9.02  Amendment and  Termination of Plan. The Board may, by resolution,
at any time amend or terminate the Plan, subject to (i) any required stockholder
approval or any  stockholder  approval  which the Board may deem to be advisable
for any reason,  such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any statutory
or regulatory  benefits  under tax,  securities or other laws or satisfying  any
applicable  stock exchange  listing  requirements,  and (ii) compliance with all
applicable  federal and state laws,  rules and  regulations.  The Board may not,
without  the  consent of the holder of a Plan Share  Award,  alter or impair any
Plan Share Award previously  granted under this Plan as specifically  authorized
herein.  Termination of this Plan shall not affect Plan Share Awards  previously
granted,  and such Plan Share Awards shall remain valid and in effect until they
(a) have been fully earned, (b) are surrendered,  or (c) expire or are forfeited
in accordance with their terms.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan
to the contrary, the provisions of Articles VI and VII of this Plan shall not be
amended  more than once every six months,  other than to comport with changes in
the Code, the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,  or
the rules and regulations promulgated under such statutes.

         9.03 Nontransferable. Plan Share Awards and rights to Plan Shares shall
not be  transferable  by a Recipient,  and during the lifetime of the Recipient,
Plan  Shares may only be earned by and paid to a Recipient  who was  notified in
writing of an Award by the  Committee  pursuant to Section 6.02. No Recipient or
Beneficiary shall have any right in or claim to any assets of the Plan or Trust,
nor shall the Corporation or any Subsidiary be subject to any claim for benefits
hereunder.

         9.04  Service  Rights.  Neither  the Plan nor any grant of a Plan Share
Award  or Plan  Shares  hereunder  nor any  action  taken by the  Trustees,  the
Committee or the Board in connection with the Plan shall create any right on the
part of any Non-employee Director to continue as such.

         9.05 Voting and Dividend Rights.  No Recipient shall have any voting or
dividend  rights or other rights of a stockholder  in respect of any Plan Shares
covered by a Plan Share Award, except as expressly provided in Sections 7.02 and
7.04  above,  prior to the  time  said  Plan  Shares  are  actually  earned  and
distributed to him.
<PAGE>
         9.06 Governing Law. The Plan and Trust shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Michigan.

         9.07 Effective  Date.  This Plan shall be effective as of the Effective
Date, and Awards may be granted  hereunder as of or after the Effective Date and
as long as the Plan remains in effect.

         9.08 Term of Plan.  This Plan shall  remain in effect until the earlier
of (a) ten (10) years from the Effective  Date, (b) termination by the Board, or
(c) the distribution to Recipients and Beneficiaries of all assets of the Trust.

         9.09 Tax Status of Trust.  It is  intended  that the trust  established
hereby be treated as a Grantor Trust of the Corporation  under the provisions of
Section 671 et seq. of the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Corporation  has caused this Agreement to be
executed by its duly  authorized  officers and the corporate  seal to be affixed
and duly attested,  and the initial Trustees of the Trust  established  pursuant
hereto have duly and validly  executed this  Agreement,  all on this 14th day of
August 1995.


ATTEST:                                       BANK WEST FINANCIAL CORPORATION



/s/ Joseph F. Kirkwood                 By:    /s/ Paul W. Sydloski
- ----------------------                        --------------------
Joseph F. Kirkwood                            Paul W. Sydloski 
Secretary                                     President
                                              and Chief Executive Officer



                                              TRUSTEES:


                                              /s/ Jacob Haisma
                                              ----------------
                                              Jacob Haisma

                                              /s/ George Jackoboice
                                              ---------------------
                                              George Jackoboice

                                              /s/ Richard Bishop
                                              ------------------
                                              Richard Bishop






                                  Exhibit 13.0

                       1996 Annual Report to Stockholders

<PAGE>












                        Bank West Financial Corporation



                       1996 Annual Report To Shareholders

<PAGE>
Section 1
 
            Letter to Shareholders         

            Selected Consolidated Financial Data     
 
            Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                     Condition and Results of Operations  


Section 2
                                                 
            Report of Independent Auditors 

            Consolidated Balance Sheets    

            Consolidated Statements of Income   

            Consolidated Statements of Changes in
                     Shareholders' Equity    

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows    

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   


Annual Meeting

            The Annual Meeting of Stockholders is scheduled
            for Wednesday, October 23, 1996 at 10:00 a.m.,
            at the Grand Rapids Elks Lodge, located at
            2715 Leonard Street, N.W., Grand Rapids, Michigan.
<PAGE>
                                                         Letter to Shareholders:

   Dear Fellow Shareholders:

   It is with  continuing  pride and enthusiasm  that I present this, the second
annual report of Bank West Financial Corporation, for your review.

   Last year I  described  the long range  strategy  of the  corporation  and am
pleased to report that the  strategy is  working.  The pace of growth,  although
conservative,  reduces the chance of error and therefore loss. With  shareholder
value being foremost in our minds,  we believe that this approach will allow the
bank to continue to be healthy,  safe,  and strong,  while  contributing  to the
enhancement of shareholder value.

   This has  been a year of  challenge  and new  beginnings.  The new  corporate
headquarters,  which  is now one year  old,  has  helped  in the  growth  of our
geographic  market  area.  It has also  served  to  change  our  image to a more
proactive financial institution, and to relay the message that Bank West is more
than a bank. We are in fact "the bank that makes you feel at home."

   We also took a new  approach to strategic  planning.  The entire staff of the
bank now plays a significant  role in the process.  Each bank employee has their
own mission  statement,  strategy,  tactics and action plans. Each is consistent
with the bank's position and in fact, make up the elements of the Strategic Plan
for Bank West. This approach allows each employee to realize they have ownership
in the  bank and play an  important  role in the  bank's  success.  The  initial
results of this approach have been  positive  with our consumer  lending,  small
business and mortgage banking operations.  Next year will be the first full year
for this new program,  and the results are expected to be better  throughout the
bank. As an added  motivation  for the staff,  an incentive  based  compensation
program has been developed.  Part of the program is based on referrals. The most
significant  rewards are possible only when the goals  detailed in the Strategic
Plan are exceeded.  This combination will reward superior  performance and serve
as a catalyst for the future growth of the bank.

   In August,  1996 we announced the addition of a branch in the southeast  part
of Grand Rapids.  The new office further expands our  geographical  market area,
giving us a presence in a very desirable part of the community. The office which
represents our second branch is the first to come under a lease  program,  which
is consistent with our strategy of growth,  without  utilizing brick and mortar.
We are very enthusiastic about the prospects of success for this location.

   In fiscal  1996,  Bank West  Financial  Corporation  recorded  a  substantial
increase in earnings.  The year's net income of $1.2 million, or $0.57 per fully
diluted share,  compared  favorably  with earnings of $716  thousand,  in fiscal
1995.

   One ongoing area of concern is the SAIF/BIF issue.  The failure of Washington
to resolve the problem leaves all thrifts with an unknown risk. Our industry has
presented  a  solution  which  would put an end to the  disparity  of  insurance
premiums,  satisfy the current  debt and  solidify  the  insurance  fund for the
future.  I can only hope  Washington  and our banking  brethren  put aside their
petty differences and allow our solution to be adopted.
<PAGE>
   For the  next  year we will  concentrate  on  further  geographic  expansion,
refinement  and  expansion  of  our  products  and  services,  expansion  of our
marketing   efforts,   and  a  bankwide   commitment   to  exceed  our  customer
expectations,  thereby  increasing  our market share and improving our franchise
value.

   Finally,  I want to thank  all of our  customers  and  shareholders  for your
confidence, support and investments, making fiscal 1996 a successful year.


   Sincerely,


   /s/Paul W. Sydloski
   -------------------
   Paul W. Sydloski
   President
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Selected Consolidated Financial Data
                      (Dollars in thousands except per share data)
                                    
                                                                                                        Nine Months       Year     
                                                                                                           Ended         Ended    
                                                                      Year Ended June 30                 June 30      September 30 
                                                              1996           1995           1994           1993           1992
                                                              ----           ----           ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C> 
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS 
 Net interest  income ..................................  $  4,158       $  3,185       $  2,861       $  2,187        $  2,520
 Provision for loan losses .............................        60             21             25             13               5
 Other income ..........................................     1,202            270            226            260              20
Other expenses .........................................     3,469          2,352          2,045          1,181           1,246
Income taxes ...........................................       622            366            337            413             410
Cumulative effect of change in
   accounting for income taxes .........................      --             --             --             (151)           --   
Net income .............................................     1,208            716            680            689             879

BALANCE SHEET DATA
Total assets ...........................................   137,982        139,648        106,594         96,761          86,273
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................     6,694          6,694          4,923          3,388           2,187
Securities .............................................     7,442         11,405          4,029          4,042           3,166
Mortgage-backed securities .............................     2,307         14,100          1,600          2,378           4,279
Collateralized mortgage obligations ....................    15,034          4,255          1,840           --              --   
Loans, net .............................................    95,737         95,836         91,329         78,610          71,674
Loans held for sale ....................................     4,297          2,746          1,282          3,250            --   
Deposits ...............................................    91,028         85,180         89,960         84,127          76,674
FHLB advances ..........................................    19,000         24,922          5,000          2,000            --   
Equity..................................................    26,810         28,171         10,844         10,230           9,541


PER SHARE DATA
Earnings per share(1) ..................................  $   0.57       $   0.10           --             --              --
Dividends per share ....................................  $   0.28           --             --             --              --
Book value per share ...................................  $  12.19       $  12.17           --             --              --   

RATIOS
Average yield on interest-earning  assets ..............      7.52           6.97           6.55           7.24            8.16
Average rate on  interest-bearing  liabilities .........      5.37           4.76           4.12           4.48            5.86
Average  interest  rate spread .........................      2.15           2.21           2.43           2.76            2.30
Net interest  margin ...................................      3.10           2.83           2.86           3.24            2.90
Return on average assets ...............................       .87            .62            .67            .76            1.00
Return on average equity ...............................      4.38           4.34           6.38           6.90            9.66
Efficiency  ratio ......................................     68.56          69.56          63.85          50.76           49.44
Dividend payout ratio ..................................     49.12           --             --             --              --   
Average equity to average assets .......................     19.77          14.46          10.57          11.01           10.40
Non-performing loans as a % of loans, net ..............       .04            .15            .04            .33             .19
                                                                                                                              
(1) Earnings per share for the year ended June 30, 1995 was computed by dividing                                       
net  income  subsequent  to the  conversion  on March 30,  1995 by the  weighted
average number of shares outstanding subsequent to March 30, 1995.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                     Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   The following sections are designed to provide a more detailed  discussion of
Bank West  Financial  Corporation's  (the  "Company's")  consolidated  financial
condition and results of operations as well as provide additional information on
the Company's  asset/liability  management strategies,  sources of liquidity and
capital  resources.  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  should  be read in
conjunction with the consolidated  financial  statements  contained herein. This
discussion provides  information about the consolidated  financial condition and
results of operations of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank West,
F.S.B. (the "Bank" or "Bank West").

General

   Bank West Financial Corporation is the holding company for Bank West, F.S.B.,
a federal savings bank.  Substantially all of the Company's assets are currently
held in, and its  operations are conducted  through,  its sole  subsidiary  Bank
West. The Company's business consists primarily of attracting  deposits from the
general  public and using such  deposits,  together  with Federal Home Loan Bank
(FHLB) advances,  to make loans for the purchase and construction of residential
properties.  To a lesser extent,  the Company also makes commercial  loans, home
equity loans and various types of consumer loans.

   The Company's operations and profitability are subject to changes in interest
rates, applicable regulations and general economic conditions,  as well as other
factors beyond the Company's  control.  The  profitability  of Bank West depends
primarily on its net interest income,  which is the difference  between interest
and dividend income on interest-earning  assets,  principally loans,  investment
securities  and mortgage  collateralized  securities,  and  interest  expense on
interest-bearing deposits and FHLB borrowings.  Net interest income is dependent
upon the  level of  interest  rates  and the  extent  to which  such  rates  are
changing.  In each of the last three fiscal  years,  net  interest  income after
provisions  for loan  losses  exceeded  total  noninterest  expense.  The Bank's
profitability  also is dependent,  to a lesser extent, on the level of its other
income (including gains on sale of loans in connection with its mortgage banking
activities,  gains  (losses)  on the sale of  securities,  and fees and  service
charges).  During  fiscal 1996,  1995 and 1994,  the sum of net interest  income
after  provisions  for loan  losses  and total  other  income  amounted  to $5.3
million, $3.4 million, and $3.1 million, respectively.

   The  Company's  net income was  $1,208,000,  $716,000 and $680,000 for fiscal
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase in fiscal 1996 was primarily due
to increases  in net  interest  income of $973,000 and other income of $932,000,
which were  partially  offset by an increase in other  expenses of $1.1  million
compared to fiscal 1995.

Asset and Liability Management

   Consistent net interest income is largely dependent upon the achievement of a
positive  interest  rate spread that can be  sustained  during  fluctuations  in
prevailing  interest  rates.  Interest  rate  sensitivity  is a  measure  of the
difference  between  amounts of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
liabilities  which either  reprice or mature within a given period of time.  The
difference,  or the interest rate repricing "gap," provides an indication of the
extent to which an  institution's  interest  rate  spread  will be  affected  by
changes in interest rates.
<PAGE>
   The Bank  attempts to manage its  interest  rate risk by  maintaining  a high
percentage  of  its  assets  in  adjustable-rate   mortgages   ("ARMs"),   other
adjustable-rate  residential  loans and  mortgage-backed  securities  (including
collateralized  mortgage  obligations).  The  interest  rate on  ARMs,  however,
adjusts  no more  frequently  than once a year,  with the  amount of the  change
subject to annual  limitations,  whereas the interest rates on most deposits can
change more frequently and are not subject to annual  limitations.  In addition,
the Bank has increased its percentage of assets in short-term balloon mortgages,
consumer loans and commercial loans.

   Management continually works to achieve a neutral position regarding interest
rate risk.  During fiscal 1996, the Bank placed greater emphasis on reducing the
duration of its interest-earnings assets by originating consumer, commercial and
one-to four-family  construction loans. In addition, the Bank has placed greater
emphasis  on  increasing  the  percentage  of  adjustable-rate  assets  to total
interest-earning assets to better match its interest-bearing liabilities.

   In  order  to   increase   the   ratio  of   interest-sensitive   assets   to
interest-sensitive  liabilities, the Bank has sold most of the newly originated,
fixed-rate  mortgages with terms greater than 15 years,  while originating ARMs,
consumer and commercial  loans for retention in the loan portfolio.  At June 30,
1996,  the Bank's  adjustable-rate  assets  consisted of ARMs amounting to $47.5
million  or  34.5%  of  total  assets,   mortgage-backed  securities  (including
collateralized  mortgage  obligations)  amounting  to $17.3  million or 12.6% of
total assets,  mortgages  with three to seven year  balloons  amounting to $12.8
million or 9.3% of total assets and consumer loans  (including home equity lines
and second  mortgages)  amounting to $4.8 million or 3.5% of total assets. It is
anticipated  that the Bank will retain a sufficient  amount of newly  originated
ARMs and  fixed-rate  mortgages  with  terms of 15 years or less to offset  loan
prepayments   and  repayments  and  sell  the  excess   originations  of  one-to
four-family loans. The Bank anticipates increasing the loan portfolio with newly
originated consumer and commercial loans.

   On the deposit side,  management recently has emphasized  noninterest-bearing
or  low-interest   deposit  products  and  maintained   competitive  pricing  on
longer-term  certificates  of  deposit.  The Bank  also uses  FHLB  advances  to
lengthen the average maturity of the Bank's funding sources when it is more cost
effective than alternative funding sources.

   Management  presently monitors and evaluates the potential impact of interest
rate  changes  upon the market  value of the Bank's  equity and the level of net
interest income on a quarterly basis, in an attempt to ensure that interest rate
risk is maintained  within  limits  established  by the Board of Directors.  The
Office of  Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS")  adopted  a final  rule in  August  1993
incorporating an interest rate risk component into the risk-based capital rules.
Under the rule, an  institution  with a greater than "normal"  level of interest
rate risk will be subject to a deduction of its  interest  rate  component  from
total capital for purposes of calculating the risk-based capital requirement. An
institution  with a greater than  "normal"  interest  rate risk is defined as an
institution  that would suffer a loss of net portfolio  value ("NPV")  exceeding
2.0% of the  estimated  market  value of its  assets in the event of a 200 basis
point  increase or decrease in interest  rates.  NPV is the  difference  between
incoming  and  outgoing  discounted  cash flows from  assets,  liabilities,  and
off-balance  sheet  contracts.  A resulting change in NPV of more than 2% of the
estimated market value of an  institution's  assets will require the institution
to deduct from its capital 50% of that excess change when calculating regulatory
capital ratios.  The rule provides that the OTS will calculate the interest rate
risk component  quarterly for each  institution.  The effective date of the rule
<PAGE>
has been postponed by the OTS until further notice. The following table presents
the effects of changes in interest  rates on the Bank's NPV as of June 30, 1996,
as calculated by the OTS, based on information provided to the OTS by the Bank.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        
                                                        
  Change in                                                                          Change in
 Interest Rates                                                     NPV as % of     NPV as % of    
 in Basis Points              Net Portfolio Value                Portfolio Value   Portfolio Value 
  (Rate Shock)     Amount        $ Change             %Change       of Assets       of Assets (1)   
  ------------     ------        --------             -------       ---------       -------------   
                            (Dollars in Thousands)                                
<S>               <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>           <C>    
    400           $14,738          $(8,046)            (35)%            12.1%         (6.0)%
    300            16,876           (5,907)            (26)             13.5          (4.4)
    200            18,881           (3,903)            (17)             14.8          (2.9)
    100            20,584           (2,200)            (10)             15.8          (1.6)
 Static            22,784               --              --              17.1            --  
   (100)           23,677              893               4              17.5            .7
   (200)           24,115            1,331               6              17.7           1.0
   (300)           24,627            1,843               8              17.9           1.4
   (400)           25,384            2,600              11              18.2           1.9

(1) Based on the  portfolio  value of the Bank's  assets  assuming  no change in
interest rates.
  
   The  following  table shows the  effects of changes in interest  rates on the
Bank's NPV as of June 30, 1995, as calculated by the OTS:

  Change in                                                                          Change in
 Interest Rates                                                     NPV as % of     NPV as % of    
 in Basis Points              Net Portfolio Value                Portfolio Value   Portfolio Value 
  (Rate Shock)     Amount        $ Change             %Change       of Assets       of Assets (1)   
  ------------     ------        --------             -------       ---------       -------------   
                            (Dollars in Thousands)                                
<S>               <C>              <C>                 <C>              <C>           <C>    

         400      $12,932           $(8,289)           (39)%            10.5%         (6.2)% 
         300       15,541            (5,680)           (27)             12.3          (4.2)  
         200       17,916            (3,306)           (16)             13.8          (2.5)  
         100       19,858            (1,363)            (6)             15.0          (1.0)  
      Static       21,221                --             --              15.8            --   
        (100)      22,075               854              4              16.3            .6  
        (200)      22,596             1,375              6              16.5           1.0   
        (300)      23,055             1,834              9              16.7           1.4   
        (400)      23,691             2,470             12              17.0           1.8   
                                                                                             
(1) Based on the  portfolio  value of the Bank's  assets  assuming  no change in
interest rates.
</TABLE>
   As shown by the above tables,  increases in interest rates will result in net
decreases in the Bank's net portfolio  value,  while decreases in interest rates
will result in smaller net  increases  in the Bank's net  portfolio  value.  The
tables reflect the Bank's net portfolio value  decreasing by 2.9% and 2.5% as of
June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1995, respectively, if interest rates increase by 200
basis points. As a result,  the Bank would have been required to make a $600,000
and  $308,000  deduction  from  total  capital  as of June 30,  1996  and  1995,
respectively,   for  purposes  of  calculating  the  Bank's  risk-based  capital
requirement if such capital deduction was currently required.
<PAGE>
   As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain  shortcomings are
inherent  in the method of  analysis  presented  in the  foregoing  tables.  For
example,  although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or
periods to repricing,  they may react  differently to changes in market interest
rates.  The  interest  rates on  certain  types of assets  and  liabilities  may
fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest  rates,  while interest rates
on other types may lag behind changes in market rates.

Changes in Financial Condition

   Assets.  Total assets decreased by $1.7 million or 1.2% from June 30, 1995 to
June 30, 1996.  This decrease is primarily due to the use of funds to repurchase
nine percent of the Company's outstanding common stock during the fiscal year.

   The Bank's mortgage  banking  activities  consist of selling newly originated
and  purchased  loans into the  secondary  market.  Total loans sold amounted to
$45.8 million,  $14.4 million and $13.2 million in fiscal 1996,  fiscal 1995 and
fiscal 1994,  respectively.  Loans held for sale amounted to $4.3 million,  $2.7
million and $1.3  million at June 30,  1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  The
amount of loans sold and the amount of loans held for sale  increased  in fiscal
1996 due to increased  wholesale and retail  mortgage  banking  activities.  The
majority of loans  originated  and  purchased for resale have been 30-year fixed
rate loans.  During fiscal 1996, the Bank transferred $1.8 million of loans from
held for sale to portfolio as a result of a rise in interest  rates. A provision
of $22,000 was  recorded  to adjust  loans held for sale to the lower of cost or
market. The Bank expects mortgage banking volume to increase in fiscal 1997.

   Mortgage-backed  securities and collateralized mortgage obligations decreased
from $18.4  million at June 30,  1995 to $17.3  million  at June 30,  1996.  The
Bank's mortgage-backed  securities and collateralized  mortgage obligations were
classified  as  available  for sale as of June 30, 1996.  At June 30, 1996,  the
unrealized  losses on such  obligations,  net of federal  income  tax,  totalled
$170,000,  and are shown as a reduction in shareholders'  equity.  During fiscal
1996,  mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations with a
carrying value and fair value of $14.5 million were  transferred from securities
classified as held to maturity to a securities available for sale classification
to provide greater flexibility in managing liquidity and interest rate risk.

   Other securities primarily consisting of U.S. agency securities and corporate
bonds  decreased from $11.4 million at June 30, 1995 to $7.4 million at June 30,
1996.  The decrease is primarily  due to the use of proceeds from sold or called
investment  securities to fund newly  originated  consumer and commercial  loans
instead of  reinvesting  the  proceeds  in other  securities.  The Bank  expects
additional  growth in its consumer and commercial loan portfolios  during fiscal
1997 which may be funded by the sale of additional securities.

   Cash and cash  equivalents  increased  from $4.6  million at June 30, 1995 to
$6.7 million at June 30, 1996.  Current OTS  regulations  require that a savings
institution  maintain  liquid  assets of not less than 5% of its  average  daily
balance of net withdrawable  deposit accounts and borrowings payable in one year
or less. The Bank's  regulatory  liquidity  ratio amounted to 16.94% at June 30,
1996.

   The Bank's  nonperforming  assets totalled  $43,000 or .04% of the total loan
portfolio  at June 30, 1996.  At the end of each of the last five fiscal  years,
the Bank had no real estate owned and no troubled  debt  restructurings.  During
fiscal 1996, the Bank sold real estate owned at a net gain of $4,800 and had net
charge-offs  totaling $2,138. The Bank's low nonperforming  assets are primarily
due to the Bank's conservative  underwriting  criteria.  At June 30, 1996, $89.0
<PAGE>
million or 92.7% of the Bank's total loan portfolio was  collateralized by first
liens on one-to four-family  residences,  and the net loan portfolio  (excluding
loans held for sale) amounted to 69.4% of total assets.

   Liabilities. Total deposits increased $5.8 million or 6.9% from June 30, 1995
to June 30, 1996. The increase in total deposits was primarily  attributable  to
growth in  certificates  of  deposit  of $4.5  million,  or 7.0%,  and growth in
non-interest bearing deposits of $1.7 million or 292.3%. Certificates of deposit
accounted for 75% of total  deposits both at June 30, 1996 and 1995. At June 30,
1996, $50.7 million or 74.0% of the total certificates of deposit matured in one
year or less,  and $11.9 million or 17.4% of the total  certificates  of deposit
had balances of $100,000 or more. The increase in deposits was achieved  through
the  opening of the  Bank's  new main  office/branch  and  increased  efforts to
attract  non-interest  bearing commercial  accounts.  In addition,  the Bank has
attracted and retained  certificate of deposit accounts by offering  competitive
interest rates.

   Because the growth in deposits had not matched the growth in assets in recent
years, the Bank began using FHLB advances.  However, during fiscal 1996 the Bank
reduced  short-term  advances  by $1.4  million and  long-term  advances by $4.5
million with excess liquidity  generated from deposit growth.  The advances have
generally been used to fund the Bank's mortgage banking activities.

   During fiscal 1995,  long-term  variable-rate  FHLB advances of $14.5 million
were  utilized  to  purchase  adjustable-rate   mortgage-backed  securities  and
collateralized  mortgage  obligations.  This strategy was  implemented to earn a
positive  spread  during  both  an  increasing  and  decreasing   interest  rate
environment and to supplement loan volume.

   Shareholders' Equity. Shareholders' equity amounted to $26.8 million or 19.4%
of total  assets at June 30, 1996  compared  to $28.2  million or 20.2% of total
assets at June 30,  1995.  The  Company's  trend of  profitability  continued in
fiscal 1996 with the Company  earning $1.2  million.  During  fiscal  1996,  the
Company  repurchased 207,375 shares, or 9% of its common stock at a cost of $2.0
million  and paid  cash  dividends  of  $603,000.  The  repurchased  shares  are
accretive  both to book value per share and earnings  per share.  Of the 207,375
shares  repurchased,  92,575 shares were used to fund the  Company's  Management
Recognition  Plans ("MRPs").  During July 1996, the Board of Directors  approved
the  repurchase  of an  additional  218,100  shares  or  10%  or  the  Company's
outstanding  common stock. The repurchase was approved by the OTS during August,
1996.

   The cost of shares  issued to the Company's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan
(ESOP) but not yet allocated to participants  totaling $1.1 million is presented
in the consolidated  balance sheet as a reduction of shareholders'  equity.  The
unamortized unearned compensation value of the Company's MRPs also is shown as a
reduction of shareholders' equity.

   In accordance  with SFAS No. 115,  which the Bank adopted  effective June 30,
1994, the Company's investment  securities  classified as available for sale are
carried at market value,  with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate
component of shareholders' equity, net of federal income taxes. At June 30, 1996
and 1995, net unrealized losses were $207,000 and $27,000, respectively.

Results of Operations

   While the Company's net income  continues to be primarily  dependent upon net
interest  income,  the Company's net income in recent years has been affected by
gains on the sales of loans in connection with its mortgage banking  activities,
<PAGE>
gains  (losses) on the sale of  securities  and a  write-down  of loans held for
sale. Other than the mortgage banking activities,  the Company does not consider
these  items  to be of a  recurring  nature  or  part  of the  Company's  "core"
earnings.

   Average Balances, Net Interest Income, and Yields Earned and Rates Paid.

    The  following  table  presents for the periods  indicated  the total dollar
amount of  interest  from  average  interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant
yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities,
expressed  both in dollars and rates,  and the net interest  margin.  Tax-exempt
income and yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent  basis. All average
balances are based on month end balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Year Ended June 30,                             Year Ended June 30,
                                                              1996                                              1995
                                           -------------------------------------------          -----------------------------------
                                                                              Average                                       Average
                                           Average                            Yield/            Average                     Yield/
                                           Balance            Interest        Rate (1)          Balance        Interest    Rate (1)
                                           -------            --------        --------          -------        --------    --------
                                                                                                   
                                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                                        <C>                 <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>   
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans receivable(2)                      $100,350            $7,902           7.87%           $ 97,031        $6,882        7.09% 
  Securities                                  7,987               509           6.37               6,006           356        5.93  
  Mortgage-backed securities(3)              18,790             1,231           6.55               4,621           316        6.84  
  Interest-earning deposits                   5,476               326           5.95               3,910           229        5.86  
  Marketable equity securities                   --                --             --                  --            --          --  
  FHLB stock                                  1,475               120           8.14                 954            65        6.81 
                                           --------            ------           ----            --------         -----        ----
    Total interest-earning assets           134,078            10,088           7.52             112,522         7,848        6.97  
Noninterest-earning assets                    5,410                                                3,287  
                                           --------                                             --------         
    Total assets                           $139,488                                             $115,809                            
                                           ========                                             ========                            
                                                                                                                                    
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                                                                       
  Deposits                                  $88,173             4,605           5.22             $87,179         4,066        4.66  
  FHLB advances                              22,236             1,325           5.96              10,759           597        5.55 
                                           --------            ------           ----            --------         -----        ----
    Total interest-bearing liabilities      110,409             5,930           5.37              97,938         4,663        4.76  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities               1,504                                                1,125  
                                           --------                                             --------          
    Total liabilities                       111,913                                               99,063                            
Stockholders' equity                         27,575                                               16,746
                                           --------                                             --------          
    Total liabilities and                  $139,488                                             $115,809                            
                                           ========                                             ========                            
      stockholders' equity                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                    
Net interest income; average interest                          
 rate spread                                                   $4,158           2.15%                           $3,185        .21% 
                                                               ======           ====                            ======        ===  
Net interest margin(4)                                                          3.10%                                         2.83% 
                                                                                ====                                          ====  
Average interest-earning assets to                                                                                                  
  average interest-bearing liabilities                                        121.44%                                       114.89% 
                                                                              ======                                        ======  
                                                                                                                                    
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Year Ended June 30,         
                                                                  1994                
                                                  ----------------------------------- 
                                                                                 Average 
                                                 Average                          Yield/  
                                                 Balance          Interest       Rate (1) 
                                                 -------          --------       -------- 
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>           <C>
Interest-earning assets:                                                                      
  Loans receivable(2)                            $85,414            $5,858          6.86%      
  Securities                                       4,036               230          5.70  
  Mortgage-backed securities(3)                    2,632               172          6.53  
  Interest-earning deposits                        3,759                96          2.55  
  Marketable equity securities                     3,419               148          4.53  
  FHLB stock                                         780                45          5.77 
                                                --------            ------          ---- 
    Total interest-earning assets                100,040             6,549          6.55  
Noninterest-earning assets                           830
                                                --------
    Total assets                                $100,870                                  
                                                ========                                  
                                                                                          
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                             
  Deposits                                       $86,865             3,589          4.13  
  FHLB advances                                    2,583               100          3.87
                                                --------            ------          ---- 
    Total interest-bearing liabilities            89,448             3,689          4.12  
Noninterest-bearing liabilities                      760  
                                                --------
    Total liabilities                             90,208                                  
Stockholders' equity                              10,662
                                                --------
    Total liabilities and                       $100,870                                  
                                                ========                                  
      stockholders' equity                                                                
                                                                                          
Net interest income; average interest                               
  rate spread                                                       $2,860          2.43% 
                                                                    ======          ====   
Net interest margin(4)                                                              2.86%   
                                                                                    ====   
                                                                                          
Average interest-earning assets to                                                        
  average interest-bearing liabilities                                            111.84% 
                                                                                  ======  
                                                                                          
     (1) At June 30, 1996,  the weighted  average  yields  earned and rates paid
were as follows: loans receivable,  7.83%; securities,  6.48%;  interest-earning
deposits,  5.62%;  mortgage-backed  securities,  6.52%; FHLB stock, 7.60%; total
interest-earning  assets, 7.49%;  deposits,  5.05%; FHLB advances,  5.60%; total
interest-bearing liabilities, 5.15%; and interest rate spread, 2.34%.

     (2) Includes nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale during the respective
periods.  Calculated  net of deferred fees and  discounts,  loans in process and
allowance for loan losses.

     (3) Includes collateralized mortgage obligations.

     (4)  Net  interest  margin  is  net  interest  income  divided  by  average
interest-earning assets.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
   Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The  following  table  describes  the extent to which
changes in interest rates and changes in volume of  interest-related  assets and
liabilities  have affected the Company's  interest income and expense during the
periods   indicated.   For  each   category  of   interest-earning   assets  and
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to
(i) changes in rate (change in rate  multiplied by prior year volume),  and (ii)
changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate). The combined
effect of changes in both rate and volume has been allocated  proportionately to
the change due to rate and the  change due to volume. 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Year Ended                        Year Ended   
                                                        June 30, 1996                     June 30,1995
                                                             vs.                                vs.      
                                                          Year Ended                         Year Ended   
                                                        June 30, 1995                     June 30, 1994 
                                                          Increase                           Increase    
                                                         (Decrease)                         (Decrease)   
                                                           Due to                             Due to     
                                                 -----------------------------    -------------------------------
                                                                      Total                              Total  
                                                                     Increase                          Increase 
                                                 Rate      Volume   (Decrease)    Rate       Volume    (Decrease)
                                                 ----      ------   ----------    ----       ------    ----------
                                                                                                        
<S>                                           <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Interest income:
  Loans receivable .......................    $   778     $   242    $ 1,020    $   203     $   821     $ 1,024
  Securities .............................         28         125        153         10         116         126
  Mortgage-backed securities .............        (14)        929        915          9         135         144
  Interest-earning deposits ..............          4          93         97        129           4         133
  Marketable equity securities ...........         --          --         --        (74)        (74)       (148)
  FHLB stock .............................         13          42         55          9          11          20
                                              -------     -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
   Total interest income .................        809       1,431      2,240        286       1,013       1,299
                                              -------     -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
                                               


Interest expense:
  Deposits ...............................        492          47        539        464          13         477
  FHLB advances ..........................         47         681        728         60         437         497
                                              -------     -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
  Total interest expense .................        539         728      1,267        524         450         974
                                              -------     -------    -------    -------     -------     -------
Increase (decrease) in net interest income    $   270     $   703    $   973    $  (238)    $   563     $   325
                                              =======     =======    =======    =======     =======     =======
                                                                                                                 
</TABLE>

Comparison of Year Ended June 30, 1996 and Year Ended June 30, 1995

   Net Income. The Company's net income increased by $492,000 or 68.7% in fiscal
1996 from  fiscal  1995.  The  increase in fiscal  1996 was  primarily  due to a
$973,000  increase in net interest  income,  a $480,000  increase in gain on the
sale of loans and a  $358,000  increase  in gain on  trading  securities.  These
factors were partially offset by a $1.1 million or 47.5% increase in total other
expenses.

   Net Interest Income. The $973,000 or 30.5% increase in net interest income in
fiscal 1996 was  primarily due to a $3.3 million or 3.4% increase in the average
loan  portfolio  and  a  $14.2  million  or  306.6%   increase  in  the  average
mortgage-backed   securities  (including  collateralized  mortgage  obligations)
<PAGE>
portfolio.  These  amounts  were  partially  offset by a $12.5  million or 12.7%
increase in average  interest-bearing  liabilities  and a decline in the average
interest  rate  spread from 2.21% in fiscal  1995 to 2.15% in fiscal  1996.  The
average  spread  declined as a result of the increases in interest  rates during
the second half of fiscal  1996 which  caused  deposits  to reprice  faster than
adjustable-rate  assets.  The Bank  expects a  positive  impact  on its  average
interest  spread as a result of the  anticipated  growth of its  commercial  and
consumer  loan  portfolios.  In addition,  it is  anticipated  that the expanded
commercial relationships will generate growth in noninterest-bearing  commercial
deposit accounts.

   Interest Income.  Total interest income increased by $2.2 million or 28.5% in
fiscal 1996  compared to fiscal  1995.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to an
increase  in  the  average   mortgage-backed   securities  portfolio  (including
collateralized  mortgage  obligations) of $14.2 million or 306.6% resulting in a
$929,000 or 294.0% increase in interest income (before giving effect to a slight
decrease  in the  average  yield).  In  addition,  the  average  loan  portfolio
increased  $3.3  million or 3.4%  resulting  in a $242,000  or 3.5%  increase in
interest on loans (before  giving  effect to an increase in the average  yield).
The increase in the average mortgage-backed  securities portfolio was due to the
purchase  of  adjustable-rate   mortgage-backed  securities  and  collateralized
mortgage obligations which were funded by long-term variable-rate FHLB advances.
The increase in the average loan  portfolio  was primarily due to the total loan
originations  exceeding  total loans sold and repaid  during  fiscal 1996.  Loan
originations  also were  supplemented by the purchase of $1.9 million of one- to
four-family  residential  loans. The interest on loans also increased due to the
average  yield  increasing  from  7.09% in fiscal  1995 to 7.87% in fiscal  1996
resulting in a $778,000 or 11.3%  increase in interest on loans  (before  giving
effect to the increase in the average balance) as adjustable-rate loans repriced
higher to reflect the higher prevailing market interest rates during fiscal 1996
as well as from the growth in the commercial and consumer loan portfolios.

   Interest  on  securities  increased  by $153,000 or 43.0% in fiscal 1996 over
fiscal 1995 as the average  balance  increased by $2.0 million due to additional
purchases of securities  during the fiscal year with part of the proceeds of the
common stock offering.  The higher  interest income also was  attributable to an
increase in the average yield from 5.93% in fiscal 1995 to 6.37% in fiscal 1996.
Dividends on FHLB stock  increased by $55,000 or 84.6% due to an increase in the
average  yield from 6.81% in fiscal  1995 to 8.14% in fiscal  1996 as well as an
increase   in  the  average   balance  of   $521,000   or  54.6%.   Interest  on
interest-earning deposits increased by $97,000 or 42.4% in fiscal 1996 primarily
due to higher average  balances from an increase in loan  refinances and deposit
growth.

   Interest  Expense.  Total interest expense increased by $1.3 million or 27.2%
in fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995,  primarily due to an increase in average
FHLB advances and higher  average rates paid on both deposits and FHLB advances.
The average rate paid on deposits  increased  from 4.66% in fiscal 1995 to 5.22%
in fiscal  1996.  The increase in the average rate paid is due to an increase in
the prevailing market interest rates compared to the prior fiscal year.

   Interest on FHLB advances increased $728,000 in fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995,
as the  average  balance  increased  $11.5  million  and the  average  rate paid
increased  to 5.96% in fiscal 1996 from 5.55% in fiscal 1995.  The  increases in
FHLB advances have primarily been used to fund increased loan  originations  for
the Bank's loan portfolio as well as to purchase adjustable-rate mortgage-backed
securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.

   Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses increased by $39,500
<PAGE>
or 192.7% in fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995.  The allowance for loan losses
totalled  $166,000,  which  represented .16% of the total loan portfolio at June
30, 1996.  However,  the allowance for loan losses  represented  386.0% of total
nonperforming  loans  at  such  date.  Because  of the  stability  of  the  loan
portfolio's credit quality,  management budgets a provision for the entire year,
and, on a quarterly basis, reviews this amount to determine if any change in the
amount of the  provision  is  necessary.  For the  second  half of fiscal  1996,
management  determined that an increase in the amount of the quarterly provision
was necessary to provide  general  reserves for the growth in the commercial and
consumer loan portfolios.  Management of the Company believes that the allowance
is adequate to cover losses that are probable and reasonably  estimable based on
past loss experience,  general economic  conditions,  information about specific
borrower situations, and other factors and estimates which are subject to change
over time.  Management  expects the provision for loan losses to increase in the
next  fiscal  year  as  general  reserves  continue  to  be  provided  with  the
anticipated growth in commercial and consumer loans.

   Total Other  Income.  Total other  income  increased by $932,000 or 345.2% in
fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995,  primarily  due to a $480,000  increase in gain on
the sale of loans and a $366,000 gain on trading  securities  achieved in fiscal
1996.  The  increase  in the gain on the sale of loans is due to an  increase in
sold loans from $14.4  million in fiscal 1995 to $45.8  million in fiscal  1996.
The Company expects to continue to expand its mortgage banking activities during
fiscal  1997.  Total loans  serviced for FHLMC  totalled  $28.6  million,  which
represents an increase of $4.9 million or 20.6% from fiscal 1995 to fiscal 1996.
The Bank sold the  majority  of its loans held for sale  servicing  released  to
private  investors.  The Company began trading equity securities in fiscal 1996.
The gain on  trading  securities  is  primarily  the  result of  trading  equity
securities in various financial  institutions.  Although to-date,  the Company's
equity trading strategy has been  successful,  there is no guarantee that future
results will equal the current fiscal year's  performance.  The unrealized  loss
recognized on securities classified as trading was $5,813 at June 30, 1996.

   Total Other Expenses. Total other expenses increased by $1.1 million or 47.5%
in fiscal 1996 from fiscal 1995, primarily due to increases of $626,000 or 52.1%
in  compensation  and  benefits,  $120,000  or  78.9% in  professional  fees and
$190,000 or 135.7% in occupancy and furniture,  fixtures and equipment expenses.
The higher  compensation  expense was  primarily  due to hiring  individuals  to
support  the growth in the  mortgage  banking,  consumer  and  commercial  loans
departments as well as hiring  individuals to staff the new branch location.  In
addition,  the Employee Stock  Ownership Plan and Management  Recognition  Plans
expenses  were $164,000 and $99,000 for fiscal 1996,  respectively,  compared to
$37,000 and none for fiscal 1995,  respectively.  The  increase in  professional
fees was primarily due to  additional  consulting,  legal and audit fees and the
outsourcing of the internal  audit and certain human  resources  functions.  The
increase in occupancy and furniture, fixtures and equipment expense is primarily
due to the opening of the new main office building/branch during fiscal 1996 and
the  depreciation  expense  associated  with the renovation of the Bank's branch
location.

   In July 1995, the Chairman of the FDIC announced in testimony before the U.S.
Congress related to the condition of the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the
"SAIF") and related  issues a proposal  to  recapitalize  the SAIF by a one-time
charge  to  SAIF-insured   institutions  of  approximately   $6.6  billion,   or
approximately  $.85 to  $.90  for  every  $100 of  assessable  deposits,  and an
eventual  merger  of the SAIF with the Bank  Insurance  Fund  (the  "BIF").  The
Company  currently is unable to predict the likelihood of legislation  effecting
these  changes,  although a consensus for the one-time  charge to the SAIF among
regulators,  legislators and bankers appears to be developing in this regard. If
<PAGE>
the  proposed  assessment  of $.85 to $.90 per $100 of  assessable  deposits was
effected  based on  deposits  as of March 31,  1995,  as  proposed,  Bank West's
prorata share would amount to approximately $716,000 to $758,000, respectively.

   Federal Income Tax Expense.  Federal income tax expense increased by $256,000
or 69.9% in fiscal  1996 from  fiscal  1995,  due to a 69.2%  increase in pretax
income.

Comparison of Year Ended June 30, 1995 and Year Ended June 30, 1994

   Net Income.  The Company's net income  increased by $36,000 or 5.3% in fiscal
1995 from  fiscal  1994.  The  increase in fiscal  1995 was  primarily  due to a
$324,000  increase in net interest income and improved  results from the sale of
securities of $123,000  resulting from gains of $19,000 recorded on the sales of
securities  in  fiscal  1995  compared  to a loss on the sale of  securities  of
$104,000 in fiscal 1994.  These factors were  partially  offset by a $307,000 or
15.4%  increase in total other  expenses and an $82,000 or 37.4% decrease in the
gain on sale of loans.

   Net Interest Income. The $324,000 or 11.3% increase in net interest income in
fiscal  1995 was  primarily  due to an $11.6  million or 13.6%  increase  in the
average loan  portfolio,  which was partially  offset by an $8.5 million or 9.5%
increase in average  interest-bearing  liabilities  and a decline in the average
interest  rate  spread from 2.43% in fiscal  1994 to 2.21% in fiscal  1995.  The
average  spread  declined as a result of the increases in interest  rates during
the first three quarters of fiscal 1995, which caused deposits to reprice faster
than adjustable-rate assets.

   Interest Income.  Total interest income increased by $1.3 million or 19.8% in
fiscal 1995  compared to fiscal  1994.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to an
increase in the average  loan  portfolio  of $11.6  million  resulting in a $1.0
million or 17.5% increase in interest on loans. The increase in the average loan
portfolio was primarily due to the total loan originations exceeding total loans
sold and repaid during fiscal 1995 by $11.6 million, as the Bank portfolioed the
majority  of  balloon  and ARM loans in  process.  Loan  originations  also were
supplemented by the purchase of $3.0 million of one- to four-family  residential
loans.  The  increase in  interest  on loans was also due to the  average  yield
increasing from 6.86% in fiscal 1994 to 7.09% in fiscal 1995 as  adjustable-rate
loans  repriced  higher to reflect the  increase in  interest  rates  during the
second half of fiscal 1995.

   Interest  on  securities  increased  by $126,000 or 54.8% in fiscal 1995 over
fiscal 1994 as the average balance increased by $2.0 million due to purchases of
$9.7 million in the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1995. The higher  interest  income
also was  attributable  to an increase in the average yield from 5.70% in fiscal
1994 to  5.93%  in  fiscal  1995.  Dividends  on  marketable  equity  securities
decreased  by  $148,000 in fiscal  1995 as all of such  securities  were sold in
fiscal 1994.

   Interest  on  mortgage-backed  securities  increased  by $144,000 or 83.7% in
fiscal 1995 over fiscal 1994, as the average  balance  increased by $2.0 million
due to purchases of $12.8 million of mortgage-backed securities and $2.5 million
of collateralized mortgage obligations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995.
The higher interest  income also was  attributable to an increase in the average
yield from 6.53% in fiscal 1994 to 6.84% in fiscal 1995.

   Interest  Expense.  Total interest expense  increased by $974,000 or 26.4% in
fiscal 1995  compared to fiscal  1994,  primarily  due to an increase in average
FHLB advances and higher  average rates paid on both deposits and FHLB advances.
<PAGE>
The average rate paid on deposits  increased  from 4.13% in fiscal 1994 to 4.66%
in fiscal  1995.  The increase in the average rate paid is due to an increase in
the prevailing market interest rates during the first three quarters of the past
fiscal year.

   Interest on FHLB advances increased $497,000 in fiscal 1995 from fiscal 1994,
as the  average  balance  increased  $8.2  million  and the  average  rate  paid
increased  to 5.55% in fiscal 1995 from 3.87% in fiscal 1994.  The  increases in
FHLB advances were primarily used to fund  increased loan  originations  for the
Bank's loan  portfolio  as well as to purchase  adjustable-rate  mortgage-backed
securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.  In addition,  during fiscal
1995,  the  Bank  obtained  a $3.0  million  line of  credit  from  the  FHLB of
Indianapolis to fund its mortgage banking activities,  of which $1.4 million had
been drawn upon at June 30, 1995.

   Provision for Loan Losses.  The provision for loan losses decreased by $4,500
or 18.0% in fiscal 1995  compared to fiscal 1994.  The allowance for loan losses
totalled  $108,000,  which  represented .11% of the total loan portfolio at June
30, 1995.  However,  the  allowance for loan losses  represented  74.7% of total
nonperforming loans at such date. For the second half of fiscal 1995, management
determined that a reduction in the amount of the quarterly provision from $6,250
to  $4,000  was  necessary  based  on  a  consistently   low  dollar  amount  of
nonperforming  loans.  Management of the Company  believes that the allowance is
adequate to cover  losses that are probable and  reasonably  estimable  based on
past loss experience,  general economic  conditions,  information about specific
borrower situations, and other factors and estimates which are subject to change
over time.

   Total Other  Income.  Total  other  income  increased  by $44,000 or 19.3% in
fiscal 1995 from fiscal 1994,  primarily  due to a $123,000  increase in gain on
the sale of securities.  The Company recognized a gain of $19,000 in fiscal 1995
compared to a loss of $104,000  in fiscal  1994.  This  increase  was  partially
offset by an  $82,000 or 37.4%  decline in the gain on sale of loans.  The lower
gain on sale of  loans  was due to  increased  competition  for the sale of such
loans and an upward trend in interest rates during the fiscal year.

   Total Other Expenses.  Total other expenses increased by $307,000 or 15.0% in
fiscal 1995 from fiscal 1994, primarily due to increases of $160,000 or 15.4% in
compensation and benefits,  $101,000 or 196.6% in professional  fees and $57,000
or 119.3% in advertising expenses. The higher compensation expense was primarily
due to hiring a new Chief Financial Officer,  Secondary Marketing Manager, Small
Business Manager,  commissioned loan officers and operations  personnel to staff
the new branch operation. In addition, the Employee Stock Ownership Plan expense
was $37,000 for fiscal 1995  compared to none for fiscal  1994.  The increase in
professional  fees was due to  consulting  expenses  attributable  to the Bank's
mortgage  banking  business,  costs incurred for a full-scope  compliance  exam,
increased marketing and advertising,  audit and legal expenses.  The increase in
marketing and advertising  expenses is due to the Company's grand opening of its
new main office building during fiscal 1995 as well as additional  promotions of
loan and  deposit  products.  The Company  incurred  marketing  and  advertising
expenses to aggressively increase its market share.

   Federal Income Tax Expense.  Federal income tax expense  increased by $30,000
or 8.9% in fiscal 1995 from fiscal 1994, due to a 6.4% increase in pretax income
and a slight  increase  in the  effective  tax rate to 33.9% in fiscal 1995 from
33.1% in fiscal 1994.
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Capital Resources

   The  Bank is  required  under  applicable  federal  regulations  to  maintain
specified levels of "liquid" investments in qualifying types of U.S. Government,
federal agency and other  investments  having  maturities of five years or less.
Current OTS  regulations  require  that a savings  institution  maintain  liquid
assets of not less than 5% of its  average  daily  balance  of net  withdrawable
deposit accounts and borrowings payable in one year or less, of which short-term
liquid  assets must  consist of not less than 1%. At June 30,  1996,  the Bank's
liquidity was 16.9% or $11.4 million in excess of the minimum OTS requirement.

   Cash was utilized by the Bank's operating  activities  during fiscal 1996 and
1995,  primarily as a result of the amount of new loans originated and purchased
for sale  exceeding  the  proceeds  from the sale of loans held for sale.  These
amounts were partially  offset by net income in each period.  Cash was generated
by the Bank's operating  activities  during fiscal 1994 primarily as a result of
net income and the proceeds  from the sale of loans held for sale  exceeding the
amount of new loans originated for sale.

   The primary investing  activities of the Company are the origination of loans
and the purchase of mortgage-backed  securities,  and other securities which are
primarily  funded with the proceeds from  repayments and prepayments on existing
loans and mortgage-backed securities and the maturity or sale of mortgage-backed
and other  securities.  Investing  activities  provided  net cash in fiscal 1996
primarily because loan repayments  exceeded loan  originations,  the maturity of
interest-bearing   time  deposits  and  principal  payments  on  mortgage-backed
securities.  Investing  activities  used net cash in fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1994
primarily because loan originations  exceeded loan repayments in each period. In
addition,  in fiscal 1995, the amount of  mortgage-backed  and other  securities
purchased  exceeded  the amount  sold by $22.7  million.  These  purchases  were
primarily  funded by a combination of proceeds from the initial public  offering
and long-term  variable-rate  FHLB advances.  Also in fiscal 1995,  property and
equipment  expenditures  totaled $2.7 million as a result of the construction of
the new corporate headquarters and the remodeling of its branch facility.

   The primary  financing  activity  consists of  deposits,  which  increased in
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1994 and decreased in fiscal 1995. The decrease in fiscal
1995 was  primarily due to depositors  utilizing  their  deposits at the Bank to
purchase common stock of the Company in the initial public  offering.  Financing
activities also include FHLB advances, which decreased in fiscal 1996 as deposit
growth  reduced  the need for higher  costing  wholesale  funds.  FHLB  advances
increased in fiscal 1995 and 1994 in order to fund increased  loan  originations
and  purchase  adjustable-rate  mortgage-backed  securities  and  collateralized
mortgage obligations.  Total cash and cash equivalents increased by $2.1 million
and $1.5  million  in  fiscal  1996 and 1994,  respectively,  and  decreased  by
$328,000  in fiscal  1995.  Total  cash and cash  equivalents  amounted  to $6.7
million at June 30, 1996.

   At June 30, 1996,  the Company had  outstanding  commitments  to originate or
purchase  $6.7 million of loans.  In  addition,  the Company had unused lines of
credit totaling $4.0 million. At the same date, the total amount of certificates
of deposit  which were  scheduled to mature in the following 12 months was $50.7
million.  The Company believes that it has adequate resources to fund all of its
commitments and that it can adjust the rate on certificates of deposit to retain
deposits  to the  extent  desired.  If the  Company  requires  funds  beyond its
internal  funding  capabilities,  advances  from  the FHLB of  Indianapolis  are
available as an additional source of funds.

   The Bank is  required  to  maintain  regulatory  capital  sufficient  to meet
<PAGE>
tangible,   core  and  risk-based   capital  ratios  of  1.5%,  3.0%  and  8.0%,
respectively.  At  June  30,  1996,  the  Bank  exceeded  each  of  its  capital
requirements,  with tangible, core and risk-based capital ratios of 15.4%, 15.4%
and 31.4%, respectively (see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

   The consolidated  financial  statements and related  financial data presented
herein have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles,  which generally  require the measurement of financial  position and
operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in
relative  purchasing  power over time due to inflation.  Unlike most  industrial
companies, virtually all of the Company's assets and liabilities are monetary in
nature. As a result,  interest rates generally have a more significant impact on
the Company's  performance than does the effect of inflation.  Interest rates do
not  necessarily  move in the same  direction  or in the same  magnitude  as the
prices of goods and  services,  since such prices are affected by inflation to a
larger extent than interest rates.

Recent Accounting and Regulatory Standards

   In May 1993,  the FASB issued  SFAS No. 114,  "Accounting  by  Creditors  for
Impairment  of a Loan." SFAS No. 114 is  effective  for fiscal  years  beginning
after  December 15, 1994.  The  Statement  establishes  accounting  measurement,
recognition and reporting standards for impaired loans. SFAS No. 114 was amended
in October 1994 by SFAS No. 118,  "Accounting  by Creditors for  Impairment of a
Loan - Income  Recognition and  Disclosures."  SFAS No. 118 amended SFAS No. 114
primarily to remove its income recognition  requirements and add some disclosure
requirements.  The adoption of SFAS No. 114, as amended by SFAS No. 118, was not
material to the Company's 1996  consolidated  financial  condition or results of
operations.

   Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 121,  "Accounting  for the
Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed of,"
will require the Company to  periodically  consider  whether an impairment  loss
should be recognized on long-lived  assets and other certain  intangible  assets
based on an estimate of future cash flows.  SFAS No. 121 is effective for fiscal
years  beginning  after December 15, 1995,  and earlier  adoption is encouraged.
Adoption of this  Statement  is not  expected  to have a material  impact on the
Company's consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

   In May 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 122, "Accounting for Mortgage Servicing
Rights," which is effective for fiscal years  beginning after December 15, 1995.
SFAS No.  122 amends  certain  provisions  of SFAS No. 65 to allow the  separate
capitalization  of rights to service  mortgage  loans that are acquired  through
loan origination activities.  The total cost of the mortgage loans originated is
allocated to the mortgage  servicing  rights and the loans (without the mortgage
servicing  rights) based on their relative fair values.  The Company  elected to
adopt this accounting standard as of July 1, 1995. The impact of SFAS No. 122 on
the Company's  consolidated  financial  position and results of  operations  for
fiscal 1996 was an  increase of $96,000 to other  assets and gain on the sale of
loans.

   Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock
Based  Compensation"  establishes  a fair value based method of  accounting  for
employee stock options and similar equity  instruments which the FASB encourages
companies to adopt for their employee stock compensation  plans.  However,  SFAS
No. 123 allows companies to continue measuring  compensation cost for such plans
using accounting guidance in place prior to SFAS No.123. Companies that elect to
<PAGE>
remain with the former method of accounting  must make pro-forma  disclosures of
net income and earnings  per share as if the fair value  method  provided for in
SFAS No. 123 had been  adopted.  This  Statement is effective for the Company at
the beginning of its fiscal year ending June 30, 1997.  Management has concluded
that the Company will not adopt the fair value accounting provisions of SFAS No.
123 and will continue to apply its current  method of  accounting.  Accordingly,
adoption  of SFAS No.  123 will  have no impact  on the  Company's  consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

   The FDIC is  authorized  to adjust  the  insurance  rates for banks  that are
insured by the BIF as well as for SAIF members.  On November 14, 1995,  the FDIC
approved a final  rule  regarding  deposit  insurance  premiums.  The final rule
reduced  deposit  insurance  premiums for BIF member  institutions to zero basis
points  (subject  to a $2,000  minimum)  for  institutions  in the  lowest  risk
category,  while holding  deposit  insurance  premiums for SAIF members at their
current levels (23 basis points for  institutions  in the lowest risk category).
The reduction was effective  with respect to the semiannual  premium  assessment
beginning January 1, 1996.  Accordingly,  in the absence of further  legislative
action,  SAIF members such as Bank West will be  competitively  disadvantaged as
compared to commercial banks by the resulting premium differential.
<PAGE>

Report of Independent Auditors

Shareholders and Board of Directors
Bank West Financial Corporation
Grand Rapids, Michigan


   We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Bank West
Financial  Corporation  (the  "Company")  as of June  30,  1996 and 1995 and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1996.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

   We  conducted  our audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Bank West
Financial  Corporation  as of June 30,  1996 and 1995,  and the  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
June 30, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

   As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements,  the Company
changed its methods of accounting  for impaired  loans and  originated  mortgage
servicing rights in 1996 and for securities in 1994 to conform to new accounting
guidance.




                                                   Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP
   Grand Rapids, Michigan
   August 9, 1996



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                        June 30, 1996 and 1995
                                                                              1996             1995
                                                                              ----             ----
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>
ASSETS
   Cash and due from financial institutions ........................   $   1,571,662    $     417,397
   Interest-bearing deposits in financial institutions .............       5,122,427        4,177,834
                                                                       -------------    -------------
       Total cash and cash equivalents .............................       6,694,089        4,595,231

   Interest-bearing time deposits ..................................         298,000        1,287,000
   Trading securities ..............................................         708,438             --
   Securities available for sale (Note 3) ..........................      22,779,280        9,815,401
   Securities held to maturity (market value:
       1996 - $2,006,000; 1995 - $19,886,289) (Note 3) .............       2,004,288       19,945,791
   Loans held for sale (Note 4) ....................................       4,297,092        2,746,019
   Loans, net (Note 5) .............................................      95,737,191       95,836,247
   Federal Home Loan Bank stock ....................................       1,475,000        1,475,000
   Premises and equipment - net (Note 6) ...........................       3,106,972        3,087,171
   Accrued interest receivable .....................................         632,043          726,573
   Mortgage servicing rights (Note 4) ..............................         142,697           68,196
   Other assets ....................................................         107,216           71,814
                                                                       -------------    -------------
                                                                       $ 137,982,306    $ 139,654,443
                                                                       =============    =============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities
   Deposits (Note 7) ...............................................   $  91,028,072    $  85,180,250
   Short-term FHLB borrowings (Note 8) .............................       6,000,000        7,422,256
   Long-term FHLB borrowings (Note 8) ..............................      13,000,000       17,500,000
   Accrued interest payable ........................................         156,946          181,737
   Advanced payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance ..........         459,391          629,303
   Deferred federal income tax (Note 9) ............................         225,760          192,290
   Other liabilities ...............................................         301,691          377,513
                                                                       -------------    -------------
       Total liabilities ...........................................     111,171,860      111,483,349

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10)

Shareholders'  equity (Notes 9, 12 and 13) 
   Preferred  stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
   Common  stock,  $.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   2,199,575 and 2,314,375 issued at June 30, 1996 and 1995 (Note 2)          21,996           23,144
   Additional paid-in capital ......................................      16,542,107       17,812,757
   Retained earnings, substantially restricted (Notes 9 and 13) ....      12,231,242       11,626,136
   Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale,
   net of tax of $106,834 in 1996 and $14,062 in 1995 ..............        (207,387)         (27,295)
   Management Recognition Plan (unearned shares) (Note 12) .........        (643,464)            --
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan (unallocated shares) (Note 12) ....      (1,134,048)      (1,263,648
                                                                       -------------    -------------
                                                                          26,810,446       28,171,094
                                                                       -------------    -------------
                                                                       $ 137,982,306    $ 139,654,443
                                                                       =============    =============

                     See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                               Consolidated Statements of Income
                            Years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994


                                                          1996          1995          1994
                                                          ----          ----          ----
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
Interest and dividend income
   Loans ..........................................   $ 7,901,948   $ 6,882,198   $ 5,857,639
   Securities .....................................       509,137       356,140       231,144
   Mortgage-backed securities and CMO's ...........     1,230,655       315,588       171,887
   Other interest-earning deposits ................       325,796       229,097        95,591
   Marketable equity securities ...................          --            --         147,727
   Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank stock ......       120,467        65,156        45,340
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                       10,088,003     7,848,179     6,549,328
Interest expense
   Deposits (Note 7) ..............................     4,605,347     4,065,586     3,588,696
   Short-term FHLB advances (Note 8) ..............       419,757       475,088       100,066
   Long-term FHLB borrowings (Note 8) .............       904,975       122,490          --
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        5,930,079     4,663,164     3,688,762
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------

Net interest income ...............................     4,157,924     3,185,015     2,860,566

Provision for loan losses (Note 5) ................        60,000        20,500        25,000
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     4,097,924     3,164,515     2,835,566

Other income
   Gain on sale of loans (Note 4) .................       617,286       136,747       218,539
   Fees and service charges .......................       175,199       104,580       106,827
   Gain on trading securities .....................       366,465          --            --

   Gain (loss) on securities available
     for sale (Note 3) ............................        10,529        18,999      (104,014)
   Miscellaneous income ...........................        32,533         9,849         5,071
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        1,202,012       270,175       226,423
Other expenses
   Compensation and benefits (Notes 11 and 12) ....     1,827,177     1,200,931     1,040,762
   Federal deposit insurance expense ..............       196,397       205,209       190,225
   Professional fees ..............................       272,163       152,098        51,288
   Data processing expense ........................       172,596       113,157       104,649
   Occupancy expense ..............................       206,058        76,878        62,356
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment expense ......       124,366        63,317        93,516
   Advertising ....................................        87,770       104,497        47,659
   Provision to adjust loans held for sale
    to lower of cost or market ....................        22,039          --         107,043
   State taxes ....................................        56,103        27,433        64,318
   Miscellaneous expense ..........................       504,379       408,680       283,195
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        3,469,048     2,352,200     2,045,011
                                                       ----------   -----------   -----------
                 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                               Consolidated Statements of Income
                            Years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                                          (continued)


                                                          1996          1995          1994
                                                          ----          ----          ----
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>
Income before federal income tax expense ..........     1,830,888     1,082,490     1,016,978

Federal income tax expense (Note 9) ...............       622,400       366,478       336,869

Net income ........................................   $ 1,208,488   $   716,012   $   680,109
                                                      ===========   ===========   ===========

Earnings per common and common equivalent
  share subsequent to conversion (Note 1) .........   $       .57   $       .10           N/A
                                                      ===========   ===========   ===========
Dividends per common share ........................   $       .28           N/A           N/A
                                                      ===========   ===========   ===========

                  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Consolidated Statements of
                                Changes in Shareholders' Equity
                            Years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994


                                                                                                          Unrealized
                                                                                                         Gain (Loss)
                                                                  Additional                            on Securities     Unearned
                                                  Common            Paid-In          Retained           Available for       MRP 
                                                   Stock            Capital          Earnings         Sale (net of tax)    Shares
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>
Balance at July 1, 1993                                                              $10,230,015     
Net income for the year ended June 30, 1994                                              680,109      
Cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 115                                                           
  as of June 30, 1994, net of tax of $34,272                                                            $ (66,529)
                                                                                     -----------        ---------
Balance at June 30, 1994                                                              10,910,124          (66,529)   
Net income for the year ended June 30, 1995                                              716,012                    
Sale of 2,314,375 shares of common stock,                                                                          
  net of conversion costs (Note 2, 12 and 14)          $23,144       $17,807,694                                   
Shares released under Employee Stock  Ownership                                                                    
  Plan (Note 12)                                                                                                   
Change in unrealized loss on securities available                          5,063                     
  for sale, net of tax of $20,210                                                                          39,234
                                                       -------       -----------     ----------          --------
Balance at June 30, 1995                                23,144        17,812,757      11,626,136          (27,295)   
Net income for the year ended June 30, 1996                                            1,208,488                      
Issuance of 92,575 shares of common stock for                                                                        
  Management Recognition Plans (MRPs) (Note 12)            926           741,658                                         $(742,584) 
Shares earned under MRPs                                                                                                    99,120 
Cash dividends of $.28 per share                                                        (603,382)                                  
Repurchase of 207,375 shares of stock,                                                                                          
  at cost (Note 14)                                     (2,074)       (2,046,987)                                               
Shares committed to be released under Employee                                                                                  
  Stock  Ownership Plan (Note 12)                                         34,679                                                  
Change in net unrealized loss on securities                                                                                     
  available for sale, net of tax of $92,775                                                              (180,092) 
                                                       -------       -----------     ----------          --------         ---------
Balance at June 30, 1996                               $21,996       $16,542,107    $12,231,242        $(207,387)        $(643,464) 
                                                       =======       ===========    ===========        =========         ========= 

                                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                                                                                                                
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Unallocated           Total       
                                                          ESOP            Shareholders'   
                                                         Shares             Equity       
                                                         ------             ------       
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>
Balance at July 1, 1993                                                   $10,230,015                 
Net income for the year ended June 30, 1994                                   680,109
Cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 115        
  as of June 30, 1994, net of tax of $34,272                                  (66,529)
                                                                          -----------
Balance at June 30, 1994                                                   10,843,595
Net income for the year ended June 30, 1995                                   716,012   
Sale of 2,314,375 shares of common stock,         
  net of conversion costs (Note 2, 12 and 14)          $(1,296,048)        16,534,790
Shares released under Employee Stock  Ownership                      
  Plan (Note 12)                                            32,400             37,463
Change in unrealized loss on securities available                    
  for sale, net of tax of $20,210                                              39,234
                                                       -----------        -----------
Balance at June 30, 1995                                (1,263,648)        28,171,094   
Net income for the year ended June 30, 1996                                 1,208,488
Issuance of 92,575 shares of common stock for                        
  Management Recognition Plans (MRPs) (Note 12)                      
Shares earned under MRPs                                                       99,120                                           
Cash dividends of $.28 per share                                             (603,382)
Repurchase of 207,375 shares of stock,                               
  at cost (Note 14)                                                        (2,049,061)
Shares committed to be released under Employee                       
  Stock  Ownership Plan (Note 12)                          129,600            164,279
Change in net unrealized loss on securities                          
  available for sale, net of tax of $92,775                                  (180,092)
                                                       -----------        -----------
Balance at June 30, 1996                               $(1,134,048)       $26,810,446
                === ====                               ===========        ===========

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                              Years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                          1996            1995            1994
                                                          ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
   Net income ....................................   $  1,208,488    $    716,012    $    680,109
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to
     net cash from operating activities
   Purchase of trading securities ................     (2,224,537)           --              --
   Proceeds from sale of trading securities ......      1,882,564            --              --
   Origination and purchase of mortgage
     loans for sale ..............................    (48,488,782)    (16,997,866)    (11,141,446)
   Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans ..........     45,798,332      14,382,754      13,221,311
   Net (gain) loss on sales of:
        Loans ....................................       (617,286)       (136,747)       (218,539)
        Securities ...............................       (376,994)        (18,999)           --
        Marketable equity securities .............           --              --           104,014
        Real estate owned ........................         (4,806)           --
   Depreciation ..................................        179,742          62,718          70,440
   Amortization (accretion) of premium
     (discounts), net ............................        103,072          17,154          (2,355)
   ESOP expense ..................................        164,279          37,463            --
   MRP expense ...................................         99,120            --              --
   Loss on disposal of fixed assets ..............          2,662            --              --
   Provision for loan losses .....................         60,000          20,500          25,000
   Provision to adjust loans held for sale
     to lower of cost or market ..................         22,039            --           107,043
   Change in:
     Deferred loan fees ..........................        (47,292)        (64,652)         30,896
     Other assets ................................        (15,373)       (532,741)        (22,483)
     Other liabilities ...........................       (144,282)        563,259         412,722
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net cash from operating activities .....     (2,399,054)     (1,951,145)      3,266,712
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                              Years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                                            (continued)
                                                          1996            1995            1994
                                                          ----            ----            ----

Cash flows from investing activities
   Purchase of marketable equity securities ......           --              --        (3,122,845)
   Purchase of FHLB stock ........................           --          (635,200)        (80,000)
   (Increase) decrease in interest-bearing
     time deposits ...............................        989,000      (1,287,000)           --
   Loan originations, net of repayments ..........      3,696,997        (248,962)    (12,621,184)
   Loans purchased for portfolio .................     (1,921,400)     (3,016,261)        (63,450)
   Purchase of securities available for sale .....    (21,217,480)     (9,728,635)     (1,963,448)
   Proceeds from sale of securities
     available for sale ..........................     14,077,014       1,671,263            --
   Purchase of securities held to maturity .......           --       (14,610,995)           --
   Proceeds from sale of marketable equity
     securities ..................................           --              --         6,689,034
   Proceeds from maturities or calls of securities
     available for sale ..........................      7,282,760            --              --
   Proceeds from maturities or calls of securities
     held to maturity ............................      1,500,000            --              --
   Principal payments on mortgage-backed
     securities ..................................      2,817,407         277,415         796,223
   Principal payments on collateralized
     mortgage obligations ........................        152,515         160,528            --
   Property and equipment expenditures ...........       (202,205)     (2,721,038)       (199,450)
   Proceeds from sale of real estate owned .......         50,181
   Proceeds from sale of real estate .............           --            84,510            --
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
        Net cash from investing activities .......      7,224,789     (30,054,375)    (10,565,120)

                    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                               Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                              Years ended June 30, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                                            (continued)

                                                          1996            1995            1994
                                                          ----            ----            ----

Cash flows from financing activities
   Repayment and maturities of FHLB borrowings ...    (11,922,256)           --              --
   Proceeds from FHLB borrowings .................      6,000,000    $ 19,922,256    $  3,000,000
   Increase (decrease) in deposits ...............      5,847,822      (4,779,731)      5,833,451
   Repurchase of common stock ....................     (2,049,061)           --              --
   Dividends paid on common stock ................       (603,382)           --              --
   Issuance of common stock ......................           --        16,534,790            --
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
        Net cash from financing activities .......     (2,726,877)     31,677,315       8,833,451
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents ..........      2,098,858        (328,205)      1,535,043

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .      4,595,231       4,923,436       3,388,393
                                                     ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .......   $  6,694,089    $  4,595,231    $  4,923,436
                                                     ============    ============    ============
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the period for
   Interest ......................................   $  5,954,870    $  4,595,797    $  3,619,935
   Income taxes ..................................        520,000         322,500         355,000

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing
  activities:
   Transfer of loans from held for sale
     to held to maturity .........................      1,756,663       1,287,879            --
   Transfer from loans to real estate owned ......         45,375            --              --

   Upon the adoption of SFAS No. 115 at June 30, 1994,  the Company  transferred
$1,940,580  from  investment  securities  to  securities  available for sale and
transferred   $5,629,700  from  investment  securities  to  securities  held  to
maturity.

   During November of 1995,  securities with a carrying value of $15,008,666 and
a fair value of $14,964,245 were transferred from securities held to maturity to
securities available for sale (Note 3).


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of  Operations:  Bank West  Financial  Corporation  (the  "Company")  was
organized as a thrift holding  company to be the sole  shareholder of Bank West,
FSB (the "Bank"), a federally chartered savings bank. The consolidated financial
statements  include the  accounts of the Company and the Bank.  All  significant
intercompany  transactions  and balances have been eliminated in  consolidation.
The Bank's primary services include  accepting  deposits and making mortgage and
installment loans in Kent County and Eastern Ottawa County,  Michigan.  The Bank
also engages in mortgage banking activities consisting of selling originated and
purchased  loans into the secondary  market.  The Bank has formed a wholly-owned
service company for the future purpose of involvement with insurance  activities
permitted  by federal  and state  regulations.  At June 30,  1996,  the  service
company was inactive and had no assets or  liabilities.  During fiscal 1996, the
Company began trading equity securities to a limited extent.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements:  The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,   disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements,  and the reported amount of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.  Actual results could differ
from those  estimates.  The primary  estimates  incorporated  into the Company's
consolidated  financial  statements  which are susceptible to change in the near
term include the allowance for loan losses, the determination and carrying value
of securities  available for sale, trading  securities,  loans held for sale and
impaired loans, and the determination of other-than-temporary  reductions in the
fair value of securities.

Concentrations  of Credit  Risk:  The Bank grants  mortgage  loans to  customers
primarily  in  Kent  County,  Michigan.  No  significant  number  of the  Bank's
customers  are  employed  at any one  specific  entity  or in any  one  specific
industry.  The Bank grants primarily one-to four-family  residential real estate
loans.  Substantially  all loans are  secured by specific  items of  collateral,
primarily single family residences.

Cash Equivalents: For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the
Bank considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original  maturities when
purchased of three months or less to be cash  equivalents.  The Bank reports net
cash flows for customer loan transactions,  deposit  transactions,  and deposits
made with other financial institutions.

Trading  Securities:  Securities that are bought and held principally for resale
in the near term (thus held for only a short period of time) are  classified  as
trading  securities  and recorded at their fair values.  Realized and unrealized
gains and losses on trading securities are included immediately in other income.

Securities  Available  for Sale or Held to  Maturity:  Prior  to June 30,  1994,
investment and  mortgage-backed  securities  held for investment were carried at
amortized  cost.  Management had the intent and the Bank had the ability to hold
these  securities  until maturity.  Securities held for sale were carried at the
lower of cost or market.  Effective June 30, 1994, the Bank adopted Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 115,  Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities (SFAS No. 115). This Statement requires that the Bank
have positive intent and ability to hold to maturity those securities classified
as held to  maturity.  Any  securities  not  classified  as held to  maturity or
trading,  as discussed  above, are classified as available for sale. As required
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

by SFAS No. 115,  securities  classified  as available  for sale are reported at
their fair value and the related  unrealized  holding  gain or loss is reported,
net of related  income tax effects,  as a separate  component  of  shareholders'
equity, until realized. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for
sale are determined using the specific identification method.

Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. Upon adoption of SFAS
No. 115, management classified all of its collateralized mortgage obligations as
available  for sale.  The effect of adopting SFAS No. 115 on June 30, 1994 was a
decrease in retained earnings of $66,529, net of the income tax effect.

Premiums  and  discounts  on  investment  and  mortgage-backed   securities  are
recognized  in interest  income  using the level yield method over the period to
maturity.

Loans Held for Sale:  Mortgage loans originated for sale in the secondary market
are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value on an individual loan
basis. Net unrealized losses are recognized in a valuation  allowance by charges
to income.  Gains on the sales of loans are  recognized  when  proceeds from the
loan sales are received by the Bank.

Loans:  Loans are stated at unpaid  principal  balances,  less the allowance for
loan losses and net deferred loan origination fees.  Interest income on loans is
accrued over the term of the loans based upon the principal  outstanding  except
where  loans are 90 days or more past due, in which case the accrual of interest
is  discontinued.  Under SFAS No. 114 as amended by SFAS No. 118,  the  carrying
values of impaired  loans are  periodically  adjusted to reflect cash  payments,
revised  estimates of future cash flows and  increases  in the present  value of
expected  cash flows due to the  passage  of time.  Cash  payments  representing
interest  income are  reported  as such.  Other cash  payments  are  reported as
reductions  in carrying  value,  while  increases or decreases due to changes in
estimates  of future  payments  and due to the  passage of time are  reported as
adjustments to the provision for loan losses.

Loan fees, net of certain direct loan origination  costs, are deferred.  The net
amount deferred is reported in the  consolidated  balance sheet as part of loans
and is recognized  as interest  income over the term of the loan using the level
yield method.

Allowance  for Loan  Losses:  Because  some loans may not be repaid in full,  an
allowance  for loan losses is recorded.  Increases to the allowance are recorded
by a provision for possible loan losses charged to expense.  Estimating the risk
of  loss  and  the  amount  of  loss  on any  loan  is  necessarily  subjective.
Accordingly,  the allowance is  maintained  by management at a level  considered
adequate to cover possible losses that are currently  anticipated  based on past
loss  experience,  general  economic  conditions,   information  about  specific
borrower situations including their financial position and collateral values and
other  factors  and  estimates  which are  subject to change  over  time.  While
management  may  periodically  allocate  portions of the  allowance for specific
problem  loan  situations,  the  whole  allowance  is  available  for  any  loan
charge-offs  that  occur.  A  loan  is  charged-off  against  the  allowance  by
management when deemed  uncollectible,  although collection efforts continue and
future recoveries may occur.

In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
of a Loan (SFAS No. 114) as amended by SFAS No. 118. SFAS No. 114, effective for
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

the Bank beginning July 1, 1995,  requires that impaired loans,  as defined,  be
measured  based on the present  value of expected  cash flows  discounted at the
loan's  effective  interest  rate or, as a  practical  expedient,  at the loan's
observable  market  price  or the  fair  value  of  collateral  if the  loan  is
collateral  dependent.  The impact of the  adoption of SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No.
118 on the Bank's consolidated  financial position and results of operations was
not material.

Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights:  The Company  purchases and originates  mortgage
loans for sale to the  secondary  market,  and sells  the loans  with  servicing
retained and released.  Effective July 1, 1995, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 122, Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights
(SFAS No.  122).  The  Statement  requires  capitalizing  the  rights to service
originated  mortgage  loans.  Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 122, only  purchased
mortgage servicing rights were capitalized. Beginning in 1995, the total cost of
mortgage  loans  purchased  or  originated  with the intent to sell is allocated
between the loan servicing right and the mortgage loan without servicing,  based
on their relative fair values.  The capitalized cost of loan servicing rights is
amortized  in  proportion  to,  and over the  period  of,  estimated  net future
servicing revenue.

Mortgage   servicing  rights  are  periodically   evaluated  for  impairment  by
stratifying  them based on predominant  risk  characteristics  of the underlying
serviced loans,  such as loan type, term, and note rate.  Impairment  represents
the excess of cost of an individual  mortgage  servicing rights stratum over its
fair value, and is recognized through a valuation allowance. 

Fair values for individual stratum are based on quoted market prices.  Estimates
of fair value include assumptions about prepayment,  default and interest rates,
and other  factors  which are  subject  to change  over  time.  Changes in these
underlying  assumptions could cause the fair value of loan servicing rights, and
the related valuation allowance, to change significantly in the future.

Premises and Equipment:  The Company's premises and equipment are stated at cost
less accumulated  depreciation.  Premises and related components are depreciated
using the  straight-line  method with useful lives  ranging from 31 to 50 years.
Furniture and  equipment are  depreciated  using the  straight-line  method with
useful lives ranging from five to ten years. Maintenance and repairs are charged
to  expense  and  improvements   are  capitalized.   The  cost  and  accumulated
depreciation  applicable  to assets  retired,  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  are
eliminated  from the accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is credited or
charged to operations.

Real Estate Owned: Real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost (fair value
at date of foreclosure) or fair value minus estimated costs to sell. Adjustments
to fair value at the date of  acquisition  are charged to the allowance for loan
losses.   Allowances  are  established  for  subsequent  losses,  if  any,  with
corresponding charges to operations.

Income  Taxes:  The Company  records  income tax expense  based on the amount of
taxes due on its tax return plus deferred  taxes  computed based on the expected
future tax  consequences of temporary  differences  between the carrying amounts
and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates.

Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan:  The Company  accounts for its employee  stock
ownership plan (ESOP) in accordance  with AICPA  Statement of Position 93-6. The
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

cost of  shares  issued to the ESOP but not yet  allocated  to  participants  is
presented in the  consolidated  balance  sheet as a reduction  of  shareholders'
equity. Compensation expense is recorded based on the market price of the shares
as they are committed to be released for allocation to participant accounts. The
difference  between  the  market  price and the cost of shares  committed  to be
released is recorded as an adjustment to paid in capital. Dividends on allocated
ESOP shares are  recorded as a reduction  of  retained  earnings;  dividends  on
unallocated  ESOP  shares  are  reflected  as a  reduction  of debt and  accrued
interest.

Management  Recognition Plan: MRP awards vest in five equal annual  installments
from the date of grant,  subject to the continuous  employment of the recipients
as defined under such plans.  Compensation expense for the MRPs is recognized on
a prorata basis over the vesting period of the awards. The unamortized  unearned
compensation  value of the MRPs is shown as a reduction of shareholders'  equity
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Preferred  Stock:  The  Company  is  authorized  to issue  5,000,000  shares  of
preferred stock. Such stock may be issued with such preferences and designations
as the Board of Directors may  determine.  The Board of Directors  can,  without
stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting,  dividend,  liquidation
and conversion  rights which could dilute the voting  strength of the holders of
the Common Stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or
attempted change in control.

Earnings Per Share:  Earnings per share is based on the weighted  average number
of  outstanding  common  shares and common  stock  equivalents.  ESOP shares are
considered outstanding for earnings per share calculations as they are committed
to be released; unallocated shares are not considered outstanding.  Common stock
equivalents  associated  with the stock options and MRP shares were not material
to the  computation  of earnings per share for the year ended June 30, 1996. The
weighted  average number of shares  outstanding for the year ended June 30, 1996
was 2,104,921.  The weighted  average number of shares  outstanding for the 1995
period subsequent to conversion was 2,154,394.

Issued  But Not Yet  Adopted  Accounting  Standards:  The  Financial  Accounting
Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standard No. 123,
Accounting  for  Stock  Based   Compensation   (SFAS  No.  123).  The  Statement
establishes a fair value based method of accounting  for employee  stock options
and similar equity instruments,  such as warrants,  and encourages all companies
to adopt that method of accounting for all of their employee stock  compensation
plans.   However,   the  Statement  allows   companies  to  continue   measuring
compensation  cost for such plans  using  accounting  guidance in place prior to
SFAS  No.  123.  Companies  that  elect to  remain  with the  former  method  of
accounting must make pro-forma  disclosures of net income and earnings per share
as if the fair value method  provided for in SFAS No. 123 had been adopted.  The
accounting  requirements of the Statement are required for transactions  entered
into in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 1995, although early adoption
is permitted.  Companies which elect to continue  measuring  compensation  costs
under current guidance must present pro-forma  disclosures for awards granted in
the  first  fiscal  year  beginning  after  December  15,  1994;  however,  that
disclosure need not be made until financial  statements for that fiscal year are
presented for comparative  purposes with financial statements for a later fiscal
year.  Management  has concluded  that the Company will not adopt the fair value
accounting  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 but will  continue  to apply its current
method of  accounting.  Accordingly,  adoption  of the SFAS No. 123 will have no
impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of  operations.  The
<PAGE>
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

disclosure provisions will be adopted as required.

Reclassifications:  Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform
to the current year presentation.

NOTE 2 - CONVERSION TO STOCK FORM OF OWNERSHIP

On October 24, 1994,  the Board of Directors of the Bank,  subject to regulatory
approval and approval by the members of the Bank,  unanimously adopted a Plan of
Conversion  to convert  from a  federally  chartered  mutual  savings  bank to a
federally  chartered  stock  savings bank with the  concurrent  formation of the
Company as the Bank's holding  company.  The conversion was consummated on March
30,  1995 by  amending  the Bank's  federal  charter and the sale of the holding
company's  common stock in an amount  equal to the proforma  market value of the
Bank after  giving  effect to the  conversion.  A  subscription  offering of the
shares  of the  Company's  common  stock was  offered  initially  to the  Bank's
depositors,  to  tax-qualified  employee  plans  and then to other  members  and
directors,  officers and  employees of the Bank.  Proceeds of  $16,533,717  were
received from the sale of 2,314,375 common shares, after deduction of conversion
costs of $694,235  and the  issuance of 162,006  shares for the ESOP in exchange
for a note receivable  from the ESOP.  Upon closing of the stock  offering,  the
Company  purchased 100% of the common shares of the Bank.  Bank West,  F.S.B. is
now a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company.  The  conversion was an internal
reorganization with historical balances carried forward without adjustment.
<PAGE>
NOTE 3 - SECURITIES

Debt and equity  securities  have been  classified in the  Consolidated  Balance
Sheets according to management's intent. The amortized cost and estimated market
values of securities at June 30, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Available for Sale
                                                                          Gross         Gross
                                             Amortized    Unrealized    Unrealized      Market
                                               Cost         Gains         Losses         Value
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
1996
     U.S. agencies .....................   $ 4,997,678   $     7,500   $    60,110   $ 4,945,068
     Corporate bonds ...................       496,870          --           4,271       492,599
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                             5,494,548         7,500        64,381     5,437,667
     Mortgage-backed securities ........     2,330,061         3,524        26,089     2,307,496
     Collateralized mortgage obligations    15,268,892           302       235,077    15,034,117
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           $23,093,501   $    11,326   $   325,547   $22,779,280
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

1995
     U.S. agencies .....................   $ 5,501,973   $    17,161   $       383   $ 5,518,751
     Corporate bonds ...................     1,876,452          --           7,038     1,869,414
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                             7,378,425        17,161         7,421     7,388,165
     Collateralized mortgage obligations     2,478,333          --          51,097     2,427,236
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           $ 9,856,758   $    17,161   $    58,518   $ 9,815,401
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Held to Maturity
                                                                          Gross         Gross
                                             Amortized    Unrealized    Unrealized      Market
                                               Cost         Gains         Losses         Value
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
1996
     U.S. agencies .....................   $ 2,004,288   $     3,998   $     2,286   $ 2,006,000
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

                                                                                            1995
     U.S. agencies .....................   $ 3,017,824   $     2,440   $    14,639   $ 3,005,625
     Municipal bonds ...................       999,571         3,829          --       1,003,400
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                             4,017,395         6,269        14,639     4,009,025
     Mortgage-backed securities ........    14,100,219         6,391        53,764    14,052,846
     Collateralized mortgage obligations     1,828,177          --           3,759     1,824,418
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           $19,945,791   $    12,660   $    72,162   $19,886,289
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
NOTE 3 - SECURITIES (Continued)

The scheduled maturities of securities available for sale and securities held to
maturity at June 30, 1996 are shown below.  Expected  maturities may differ from
contractual  maturities  because  borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Available for Sale          Held to Maturity
                                   Amortized       Fair       Amortized       Fair
                                     Cost          Value        Cost          Value
                                     ----          -----        ----          -----
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Due within one year .........          --            --     $ 1,002,002   $ 1,006,000
Due after one year through
  five years ................   $ 4,494,548   $ 4,435,167     1,002,286     1,000,000
Due after five years through
  ten years .................     1,000,000     1,002,500          --            --
Mortgage-backed securities
  and collateralized mortgage
  obligations ...............    17,598,953    17,341,613          --            --
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                $23,093,501   $22,779,280   $ 2,004,288   $ 2,006,000
                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
Proceeds from the sales of securities  amounted to  $15,969,000,  $1,671,000 and
$6,689,000  for the years  ended  June 30,  1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively,
including $1,883,000 relative to trading securities in fiscal 1996.

Gross  realized  gains  (losses) on sales of securities  were as follows for the
years ended June 30:

                                   1996               1995             1994
                                   ----               ----             ----

        Gross realized gains     $400,243            $18,999              --
        Gross realized losses     (17,436)                --        $(104,014)
                                 --------            -------        ---------
        Net realized gains       $382,807            $18,999        $(104,014)
                                 ========            =======        ========= 

The unrealized  loss  recognized on securities  classified as trading was $5,813
for the year ended June 30, 1996.

In  accordance  with the FASB  Special  Report,  A Guide  to  Implementation  of
Statement  No. 115 on  Accounting  for  Certain  Investments  in Debt and Equity
Securities,  securities  held to maturity with a carrying value of  $15,008,666,
fair value of  $14,964,245,  unrealized  gain of $8,485 and  unrealized  loss of
$52,906 were  transferred to the available for sale  classification  on November
20, 1995. The transfer decreased  shareholders' equity by $29,318,  which is net
of the related deferred tax asset of $15,103.  The  reclassification was made to
provide greater flexibility in managing liquidity and interest rate risk.

<PAGE>
NOTE 4 - SECONDARY MARKET MORTGAGE ACTIVITIES

The following summarizes the Bank's secondary market mortgage activities,  which
consist solely of one-to four-family real estate loans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996            1995            1994
                                                     ----            ----            ----
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
Loans held for sale - beginning of period ...   $  2,746,019    $  1,282,039    $  3,250,408
Activity during the periods:
      Loans originated and purchased for sale     48,488,782      16,997,866      11,141,446
      Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans ..    (45,798,332)    (14,382,754)    (13,221,311)
      Transfer of loans from held for sale to
        held to maturity ....................     (1,756,663)     (1,287,879)           --
      Gain on sale of loans .................        617,286         136,747         218,539
      Allowance to adjust loans held for
        sale to lower of cost or market .....           --              --          (107,043)
                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Loans held for sale - end of period .........   $  4,297,092    $  2,746,019    $  1,282,039
                                                ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>
Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying  balance
sheet. The unpaid principal balances of these loans at June 30 are summarized as
follows:

                                             1996          1995          1994
                                             ----          ----          ----
Mortgage loan portfolios serviced for
      FHLMC ..........................   $28,590,578   $23,699,436   $15,431,873
                                         ===========   ===========   ===========

Loans servicing fee income ...........   $    66,725   $    47,451   $    27,603
                                         ===========   ===========   ===========


Custodial  escrow  balances  maintained  in connection  with the foregoing  loan
servicing were $135,011 and $292,374 at June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The carrying value of mortgage servicing rights,  which approximates fair value,
was $142,697 at June 30, 1996.

Following is an analysis of the activity for mortgage servicing rights for 1996:

      Balance at July 1, 1995                          $  68,196
            Additions                                    124,501
            Amortization                                 (50,000)
                                                       ---------
      Balance at June 30, 1996                         $ 142,697
                                                       =========

<PAGE>
NOTE 5 - LOANS

Loans are classified as follows at June 30:

                                                          1996           1995
                                                       
Real estate loans:
      One-to four-family residential - fixed rate    $ 20,351,715   $ 20,278,403
      One-to four-family residential - balloon ...     12,841,337     11,170,168
      One-to four-family residential - adjustable      47,544,192     58,568,036
      Construction ...............................     14,073,497      6,145,801
      Commercial mortgages .......................      1,193,464           --
      Home equity lines of credit ................      2,214,227      1,453,397
      Second mortgages ...........................      1,927,282        682,869
                                                     ------------   ------------
           Total mortgage loans ..................    100,145,714     98,298,674
Consumer loans ...................................        622,353         29,859
Commercial non-mortgage ..........................      1,010,076           --
                                                     ------------   ------------
           Total .................................    101,778,143     98,328,533
Less:
      Loans in process ...........................      5,827,705      2,289,609
      Deferred fees and discounts ................         47,385         94,677
      Allowance for loan losses ..................        165,862        108,000
                                                     ------------   ------------
                                                     $ 95,737,191   $ 95,836,247
                                                     ============   ============

An analysis of the  allowance for loan losses for the years ended June 30, 1996,
1995 and 1994, follows:

                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------

Beginning balance .........................   $ 108,000    $  87,500   $  62,500
      Provision charged to operations .....      60,000       20,500      25,000
      Charge-offs .........................      (2,138)        --          --
                                              ---------    ---------   ---------
Ending balance ............................   $ 165,862    $ 108,000   $  87,500
                                              =========    =========   =========

During  the year  ended  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  had no loans  which were
impaired as defined under the provisions of SFAS No. 114 and No. 118.

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued amounted to $42,983
and $144,644 at June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Interest income that would
have been  recorded  under the  original  terms of such  loans  would  have been
$6,447,  $6,187  and $932 for the  years  ended  June 30,  1996,  1995 and 1994,
respectively.

<PAGE>
NOTE 5 - LOANS (Continued)

Certain  directors  and  executive  officers  of the  Corporation  and the  Bank
(including family members, affiliates, and companies in which they are principal
owners) had loans  outstanding with the Bank in the ordinary course of business.
A summary of the aggregate  loans  outstanding  which exceeded  $60,000 to these
individuals follows:

                                                             Year Ending
                                                       1996              1995
                                                    ---------         ---------

Balance at beginning of year ...............        $ 935,104         $ 871,607
      New loans ............................           86,537           160,300
      Payments .............................         (161,029)          (96,803)
      Officers transferred out .............          (18,761)             --
                                                    ---------         ---------
Balance at end of year .....................        $ 841,851         $ 935,104
                                                    =========         =========



NOTE 6 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT - NET

A summary of premises and equipment is as follows at June 30:

                                                        1996              1995
                                                        ----              ----

Land .......................................        $  529,300        $  492,123
Bank building and improvements .............         2,301,045         2,353,656
Furniture and equipment ....................           814,944           709,710
                                                    ----------        ----------
                                                     3,645,289         3,555,489
Accumulated depreciation ...................           538,317           468,318
                                                    ----------        ----------
                                                    $3,106,972        $3,087,171
                                                    ==========        ==========

<PAGE>


NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS

Deposits at June 30, 1996 and 1995 are summarized as follows:

                                             1996                     1995
                                             ----                     ----
                                     Amount       %           Amount        %
                                     ------       -           ------        -

Noninterest-bearing ..........     2,338,248     2.57%    $   595,726       .70%
Now accounts and MMDAs .......     3,703,359     4.07       3,534,556       4.15
Passbook and statement savings    16,571,616    18.20      17,135,154      20.12
Certificates of deposit ......    68,414,849    75.16      63,914,814      75.03
                                 -----------   ------     -----------     ------
                                 $91,028,072   100.00%    $85,180,250    100.00%
                                 ===========   ======     ===========    ====== 

At June 30, 1996,  the scheduled  maturities of  certificates  of deposit are as
follows by fiscal year:

            1997                               $50,651,945
            1998                                 8,839,364
            1999                                 5,818,200
            2000                                 2,326,478
            2001 and thereafter                    778,862
                                               -----------
                                               $68,414,849
                                               ===========

As of June 30, 1996 and 1995,  the Bank had deposit  accounts  with  balances of
$100,000 or more of $11,914,000 and $9,733,000, respectively.


<PAGE>


NOTE 8 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS

Advances  from the Federal  Home Loan Bank of  Indianapolis,  collateralized  by
mortgage loans and securities under a blanket collateral  agreement,  consist of
the following at June 30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Rate at
                      Date Due                June 30, 1996    1996            1995
                      --------                -------------    ----            ----
<S>                                                <C>    <C>             <C>
Line of credit; available limit of $3,000,000
      Balance, June 30 ......................      5.99%         --       $ 1,422,256

Single-maturity fixed rate advance
      July 25, 1995 .........................                    --         2,000,000
      August 1, 1995 ........................                    --         4,000,000
      September 3, 1996 .....................      5.77   $ 1,000,000            --
      December 16, 1996 .....................      5.44     1,000,000            --

Adjustable rate advance
      August 5, 1996 - reprices quarterly ...      5.47     4,000,000            --
      October 30, 1997 - reprices monthly ...      5.61     2,000,000       2,000,000
      October 30, 1998 - reprices monthly ...      5.61     4,000,000       4,000,000
      October 30, 1999 - reprices monthly ...      5.61     5,000,000       5,000,000
      August 26, 2001 - reprices monthly ....      5.77     2,000,000       6,500,000
                                                          -----------     -----------
                                                          $19,000,000     $24,922,256
                                                          ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

Maturities  of  borrowings  outstanding  at June 30, 1996 are as follows for the
next 5 fiscal years:

             1997                                $  6,000,000
             1998                                   2,000,000
             1999                                   4,000,000
             2000                                   5,000,000
             2001 and thereafter                    2,000,000
                                                 ------------
                                                 $ 19,000,000
                                                 ============

During 1996, the Company  prepaid  $4,500,000 of the advance due August 26, 2001
without  penalty,  as permitted  under the terms of the FHLB advance  agreement.
Prepayment of certain  remaining  advances is permitted  only upon the Company's
termination  of its FHLB  membership,  while  others are  subject to  prepayment
penalties under the provisions and conditions of the credit policy of the FHLB.

<PAGE>


NOTE 9 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The provision for federal  income taxes for the years ended June 30, 1996,  1995
and 1994 consists of the following:

                                            1996           1995           1994
                                            ----           ----           ----

Current income tax expense ........       $496,158       $358,085       $332,948
Deferred income tax expense .......        126,242          8,393          3,921
                                          --------       --------       --------
                                          $622,400       $366,478       $336,869
                                          ========       ========       ========

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

                                                           1996           1995
                                                           ----           ----
Deferred tax assets:
      Loan fees ...................................... $   7,021      $  24,005
      Capital loss ...................................      --           28,931
      Unrealized loss on securities available for sale   106,834         14,062
      Loans marked-to-market .........................      --           15,723
      Accrued expenses ...............................    17,211         13,703
      Management Recognition Plan ....................    33,701           --
      Other ..........................................       621          4,588
                                                       ---------      ---------
                                                         165,388        101,012
Deferred tax liabilities
      Bad debt allowance .............................   209,164        208,207
      FHLB stock dividend ............................    49,116         49,116
      Loans marked-to-market .........................    12,674           --
      Fixed assets ...................................    71,677         35,979
      Mortgage servicing rights ......................    48,517           --
                                                       ---------      ---------
                                                         391,148        293,302

Net deferred tax liability ........................... $(225,760)     $(192,290)
                                                       =========      ========= 

No valuation allowance was provided on deferred tax assets.

<PAGE>


NOTE 9 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The  provision  for  federal  income  taxes  differs  from that  computed at the
statutory corporate tax rate as follows:

                                                 Years ended June 30,
                                         1996            1995            1994
                                         ----            ----            ----

Statutory rate .................            34%             34%             34%

Tax expense at statutory rate ..     $ 622,502       $ 368,047       $ 345,772
Tax exempt interest ............          (639)         (2,360)         (3,979)
Other ..........................           537             791          (4,924)
                                     ---------       ---------       ---------
                                     $ 622,400       $ 366,478       $ 336,869
                                     =========       =========       =========

Effective rate .................            34%             34%             33%

Differences  in the methods of  determining  the deduction for bad debts for tax
and financial  statement purposes after 1988 are included in deferred taxes. For
years prior to 1988,  the Bank had determined  taxable income after  deducting a
provision for bad debts in excess of such  provisions  recorded in the financial
statements.  Accordingly,  retained  earnings at June 30, 1996 and 1995 includes
approximately $3,364,000 on which no provision for federal income taxes has been
made. The amount of unrecorded deferred taxes is $1,144,000.  If this portion of
retained  earnings is used for any purpose  other than to absorb bad debts,  the
amount used will be added to future taxable income.



<PAGE>


NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

The Company is a party to financial  instruments with off-balance  sheet risk in
the normal  course of business  to meet the  financing  needs of its  customers.
These  financial  instruments  include unused lines of credit and commitments to
make loans and fund loans in process.  The Company's  exposure to credit loss in
the event of  nonperformance  by the other party to the financial  instrument is
represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company follows
the same credit policy to make such  commitments  as is followed for those loans
recorded in the financial statements.

The contract amounts of these financial instruments are as follows at June 30:

                                             1996              1995
                                             ----              ----

      Commitments to make loans           $6,690,000        $7,368,000
      Unused lines of credit               3,987,000         3,909,000
      Loans in process                     5,828,000         2,290,000

Approximately  77% and 92% of  commitments  to make  loans and to fund  loans in
process  were made at fixed  rates as of June 30,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.
Rate  ranges for these fixed rate  commitments  were 7.0% to 10.75% and 6.75% to
9.5% as of June 30, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Lines of credit are issued at
current market rates.

The Company  does not  anticipate  any losses as a result of these  commitments.
Collateral  obtained  upon exercise of the  commitment  is determined  using the
Bank's credit evaluation of the borrower, and may include real estate,  business
assets and other items.  Since many  commitments  to make loans  expire  without
being used, the amount does not necessarily represent future cash commitments.

The  Company and the Bank are subject to certain  legal  actions  arising in the
ordinary course of business.  In the opinion of management,  after  consultation
with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of these matters is not expected to
have a material  adverse effect on the  consolidated  financial  position of the
Company.

The Company has entered into  employment  agreements with three of its officers.
Under the terms of those  agreements,  certain events leading to separation from
the Company could result in cash payments aggregating approximately $527,000.

The deposits of savings  associations such as Bank West are presently insured by
the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF) which is administered by the FDIC.
A  recapitalization  plan for the SAIF under  consideration by Congress provides
for a special  assessment  of up to .90% of  deposits  to be imposed on all SAIF
insured  institutions  to  enable  the SAIF to  achieve  its  required  level of
reserves.  If the proposed  assessment of .90% was effected based on deposits as
of March 31, 1995 (as  proposed),  the special  assessment  would  decrease  net
income and shareholders' equity by approximately $500,000, net of taxes.

<PAGE>


NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS

The Company  participates  in the  Financial  Institutions  Retirement  Fund,  a
multi-employer  defined  benefit pension plan.  Substantially  all employees are
eligible  for  participation  in the  Plan.  The  benefits  are  based  on  each
employee's  years of service and on the average of the highest five  consecutive
annual  salaries  prior to  retirement.  The benefits are reduced by a specified
percentage of the employee's social security benefit.  An employee becomes fully
vested  upon  completion  of five  years  of  qualifying  service.  The  plan is
currently overfunded and did not require  contributions or charges to income for
the  years  ended  June 30,  1996,  1995 and  1994.  Specific  plan  assets  and
accumulated  benefit  information  for the  Bank's  portion  of the  Fund is not
available.  Under  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  (ERISA),  a
contributor  to a  multi-employer  pension  plan may be  liable  in the event of
complete or partial withdrawal for the benefit payments  guaranteed under ERISA.
The Company has no present intention to withdraw from the Fund.

The Company  established  a qualified  401(k)  plan  effective  January 1, 1996,
covering  substantially all employees.  Employees who are 18 years and older and
who have completed 1,000 hours of service in a 12  consecutive-month  period are
eligible.  Employees may elect to contribute to the plan from 1% to 15% of their
salary  subject  to  statutory  limitations.  The  Company  will make a matching
contribution  equal to 25% of the first 3% of employee  contributions.  Although
not required, the Company also has the option to make an additional, nonelective
contribution to the plan.  Beginning after 2 years of service,  employees become
vested in the Company's  contributions 20% per year, with 100% vesting occurring
after 6 years of service. The Company's contribution for 1996 was $3,000.

NOTE 12 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

As part of the conversion transaction, the Company established an employee stock
ownership plan ("ESOP") for the benefit of substantially all employees. The ESOP
borrowed  $1,296,048  from the Company  and used those funds to acquire  162,006
shares of the Company's stock at $8 per share.

Shares  issued to the ESOP are  committed to be released  based on the number of
unallocated  shares held  immediately  before  release for the current plan year
multiplied  by a  fraction.  The  numerator  of the  fraction  is the  amount of
quarterly  principal and interest paid.  The  denominator of the fraction is the
sum of the  numerator  plus the principal and interest to be paid for all future
periods. The loan is secured by shares purchased with the loan proceeds and will
be repaid by the ESOP with funds from the  Company's  contributions  to the ESOP
and earnings on ESOP assets.  Principal  and interest  payments are scheduled to
occur in  quarterly  amounts of  $45,326  over a ten-year  period.  An  employee
becomes fully vested upon completion of seven years of qualifying services. Upon
withdrawal from the plan, participants are entitled to a distribution in cash or
Company stock, or both, at the discretion of the Company. However,  participants
may demand that their entire distribution be in the form of Company stock.

During  1996,  16,200  shares of stock with an average  fair value of $10.14 per
share were  committed to be released.  ESOP  compensation  expense for the years
ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 were  $164,279  and $37,463,  respectively.  Shares
held by the ESOP at June 30 are as follows:

<PAGE>

NOTE 12 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)
                                             1996               1995
                                             ----               ----

     Allocated to participants              20,250              4,050
     Unallocated                           141,756            157,956
                                        ----------         ----------
       Total ESOP shares                   162,006            162,006
                                        ==========         ==========

     Fair value of unallocated shares   $1,488,438         $1,461,093
                                        ==========         ==========
   


Employee  and  director  Stock  Option  Plans  (SOPs) and officer  and  director
Management  Recognition  Plans (MRPs) were authorized by the shareholders at the
October 25, 1995 annual meeting.  The MRPs are restricted stock award plans. The
employee stock option plan and the officers' MRP are administered by a committee
of directors of the Company, while grants under the directors' stock option plan
and the  directors'  MRP are pursuant to formulas set forth in the plans.  Total
shares  made  available  under  the  SOPs  and  MRPs  are  231,437  and  92,575,
respectively.  The  Committee  has  granted  under the  employee  SOP options to
purchase  24,000  shares of common  stock at an  exercise  price of $9.9375  per
share,  which was the  market  price of the  Company's  stock on the date of the
grant.  At June 30, 1996,  there were 138,006 shares reserved for future grants.
Options to purchase 52,073 shares were granted to directors under the directors'
SOP at an exercise price of $10.4375 per share which was the market price of the
Company's  stock on the date of the grant.  At June 30, 1996,  there were 17,358
shares reserved for future grants. During fiscal 1996, no options were exercised
or canceled. SOP options vest in five equal annual installments from the date of
grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.  No  compensation  expense is
being recognized in connection with the issuance of the options.

The Committee has awarded  49,250 shares of common stock under the officers' MRP
and 24,992 shares of common stock under the directors'  MRP. During fiscal 1996,
$99,120 was charged to compensation expense for the MRP.

NOTE 13 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON  RETAINED EARNINGS

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered by
the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements can
initiate  certain  mandatory or  discetionary  actions by  regulators  that,  if
undertaken,  could have an effect on the Bank's financial  statements.  The Bank
must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative  measures of the
Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items under regulatory
accounting  practices.  The  Bank's  capital  is  also  subject  to  qualitative
judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk  weightings,  and  other
factors.

Regulation  requires the Bank to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios (set forth
in the table below) of  risk-based  capital (as defined in the  regulations)  to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of core and tangible capital (as defined)
to total adjusted assets (as defined). Management believes, as of June 30, 1996,
that the Bank meets capital adequacy requirements.

The most recent  notification from the Office of Thrift Supervision  categorizes
the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt
corrective action.
<PAGE>

NOTE 13 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS (Continued)

The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Actual           Minimum Requirements             Excess
                                          Amount          Ratio      Amount       Ratio     Amount          Ratio
                                          ------          -----      ------       -----     ------          -----
<S>                                    <C>               <C>     <C>               <C>   <C>                <C>
As of June 30, 1996
      Risk-Based Capital
        (to Risk Weighted Assets)      $20,336,000       31.4%   $ 5,189,360       8.0%  $15,146,640        23.4%

      Core Capital
        (to Total Adjusted Assets)      20,170,000       15.4      3,941,250       3.0    16,228,750        12.4

      Tangible Capital
        (To Total Adjusted Assets)      20,170,000       15.4      1,970,760       1.5    18,199,240        13.9

As of June 30, 1995
      Risk-Based Capital
        (to Risk Weighted Assets)       19,278,506       31.8      4,851,680       8.0    14,426,826        23.8

      Core Capital
        (to Total Adjusted Assets)      19,170,506       14.5      3,959,580       3.0    15,210,926        11.5

      Tangible Capital
        (to Total Adjusted Assets)      19,170,506       14.5      1,979,790       1.5    17,190,716        13.0
</TABLE>

FIRREA also includes  restrictions on loans to one borrower, on certain types of
investments   and  loans,   on  loans  to  officers,   directors  and  principal
shareholders, on brokered deposits and on transactions with affiliates.

The  Qualified  Thrift Lender (QTL) test requires 65% of assets to be maintained
in  housing-related  finance and other  specified  areas. If the QTL test is not
met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investments, FHLB advances, and
dividends,  or the  institution  must  convert  to a  commercial  bank  charter.
Management believes that the QTL test has been met.

Under  OTS   regulations,   limitations   have  been  imposed  on  all  "capital
distributions" by savings institutions, including cash dividends. The regulation
establishes a three-tiered system of restrictions, with the greatest flexibility
afforded  to  thrifts  which  are  both  well-capitalized  and  given  favorable
qualitative examination ratings by the OTS. For example, a thrift which is given
one of the two highest  examination ratings and has "capital" equal to its fully
phased-in  regulatory capital requirements (a "tier 1 institution") could, after
prior  notice  but  without  the  prior   approval  of  the  OTS,  make  capital
distributions  in any year that would reduce by up to one-half the amount of its
capital which exceeds its most stringent capital requirement as of the beginning
of the  calendar  year plus net income to date for the six months ended June 30,
1996.  Other  thrifts  would  be  subject  to  more  stringent   procedural  and
substantive  requirements,  the most restrictive being prior OTS approval of any
capital distribution. The Bank is a tier one institution.

The Bank has  established  a  liquidation  account  with an  initial  balance of
$11,150,000,  which is equal to its total net worth as of the date of the latest
balance sheet  appearing in the final  conversion  prospectus.  The  liquidation
<PAGE>
13 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS (Continued)

account is  maintained  for the benefit of eligible  depositors  who continue to
maintain  their  accounts  at the Bank  after the  conversion.  The  liquidation
account is reduced annually to the extent that eligible  depositors have reduced
their qualifying  deposits.  Subsequent increases will not restore an eligi NOTE
ble account  holder's  interest in the  liquidation  account.  In the event of a
complete  liquidation,  each  eligible  depositor  will be entitled to receive a
distribution  from the  liquidation  account in an amount  proportionate  to the
current  adjusted  qualifying  balances for accounts then held. The Bank may not
pay  dividends  that  would  reduce  shareholders'  equity  below  the  required
liquidation account balance.

Under the most restrictive of the dividend  limitations  described above, during
the fiscal year ending June 30, 1997,  the Bank may pay dividends to the holding
company equal to $7,573,000 plus fiscal 1997 year-to-date income.

NOTE 14 - STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAMS

During fiscal 1996, the Company  repurchased  207,375 shares of its common stock
after receiving regulatory approval for this amount. The shares were repurchased
at an  average  price  of $9.88  and  remain  available  for  general  corporate
purposes, including issuance in connection with stock-based compensation plans.

On July 29,  1996,  the Board of  Directors  also  approved a  repurchase  of an
additional  218,100  shares,  or  10%  of  its  outstanding  common  stock.  The
repurchase was approved by the OTS in August of 1996.

NOTE 15 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed financial information of Bank West Financial Corporation is as follows
at June 30:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

                                                         1996            1995
                                                         ----            ----
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ......................     $ 2,222,329     $ 1,021,842
Interest-bearing time deposits .................         198,000       1,287,000
Trading securities .............................         708,438            --
Securities available for sale ..................       2,473,199       5,384,102
Loan receivable from Employee Stock
  Ownership Plan ...............................       1,178,792       1,273,403
Investment in subsidiary bank ..................      19,978,259      19,138,386
Accrued interest receivable ....................          19,733          84,090
Other assets ...................................          35,629          57,513
                                                     -----------     -----------
      Total assets .............................     $26,814,379     $28,246,336
                                                     ===========     ===========


LIABILITIES
Other liabilities ..............................     $     3,933     $    75,242

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY ...........................      26,810,446      28,171,094
                                                     -----------     -----------

      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity     $26,814,379     $28,246,336
                                                     ===========     ===========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


NOTE 15 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME,
                                     for the period:


                                                                         March 30, 1995
                                                          Year ended         through
                                                         June 30, 1996    June 30, 1995
                                                         -------------    -------------
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>
Interest and dividend income
      Securities ..................................       $  249,350       $   97,074
      Loan to Employee Stock Ownership Plan .......           86,691           22,681
      Other interest-bearing deposits .............          164,328           42,358
      Dividends ...................................            3,772             --
                                                          ----------       ----------
            Total interest and dividend income ....          504,141          162,113

Other income
      Gain on sale of investments .................          358,740           18,922

Operating expenses ................................           90,521           10,635
                                                          ----------       ----------


Income before federal income taxes and equity in
  undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank .......          772,360          170,400

Federal income tax expense ........................          262,500           57,936
                                                          ----------       ----------


Income before equity in undistributed
  earnings of subsidiary bank .....................          509,860          112,464

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank          698,628           96,442
                                                          ----------       ----------


Net income ........................................       $1,208,488       $  208,906
                                                          ==========       ==========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


NOTE 15 - PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS,
                                 for the period:
                                                                                           March 30, 1995
                                                                          Year ended           through
                                                                         June 30, 1996      June 30, 1995
                                                                         -------------      -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
      Net income ...............................................       $  1,208,488        $    208,906
      Adjustments to reconcile net income to
        cash provided by operations
            Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank            (698,628)            (96,442)
            Purchase of trading securities .....................         (2,224,537)               --
            Proceeds from sale of trading securities ...........          1,882,564                --
            Gain on sales of securities ........................           (358,740)            (18,922)
            Net accretion of securities discounts ..............             (1,411)               (390)
            Change in
                  Interest receivable ..........................             64,357             (84,090)
                  Other assets .................................             21,884             (57,513)
                  Other liabilities ............................            (55,739)             72,757
                                                                       ------------        ------------
                       Net cash provided by operating activities           (161,762)             24,306

Cash flows from investing activities
      Purchases of securities available for sale ...............         (2,000,000)         (6,527,180)
      Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale ......          1,091,200           1,169,700
      Proceeds from maturity and call of
        securities available for sale ..........................          3,782,408                --
      Principal reduction on ESOP note receivable ..............             94,611              22,645
      Contribution to subsidiary bank ..........................            (42,527)               --
      (Increase) decrease in interest-bearing time deposits ....          1,089,000          (1,287,000)
      Investment in subsidiary bank ............................               --            (8,915,419)
                                                                       ------------        ------------
            Net cash used in investing activities ..............          4,014,692         (15,537,254)

Cash flows from financing activities
      Proceeds from issuance of common stock,
        net of conversion costs ................................               --            16,534,790
      Dividends paid on common stock ...........................           (603,382)               --
      Repurchase of common stock ...............................         (2,049,061)               --
                                                                       ------------        ------------
            Net cash from financing activities .................         (2,652,443)         16,534,790
                                                                       ------------        ------------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents ........................          1,200,487           1,021,842

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...............          1,021,842                --
                                                                       ------------        ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .....................       $  2,222,329        $  1,021,842
                                                                       ============        ============

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


NOTE 16 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial  instrument for which it is practicable to estimate that
value.

Cash and cash equivalents

For these short-term  instruments,  the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.

Interest-bearing time deposits

Fair values for these  instruments are estimated by discounting cash flows using
rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Securities

Fair values for  securities  are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.
If a quoted market price is not available,  fair value is estimated using quoted
market prices for similar instruments.

Loans

The fair value of fixed and  variable  rate loans is  principally  estimated  by
discounting  future cash flows using the current  rates at which  similar  loans
would  be made  to  borrowers  with  similar  credit  ratings  and for the  same
remaining maturities, and using prepayment assumptions provided by the Office of
Thrift Supervision, which management believes are reasonable. The carrying value
of the allowance for loan losses is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

The carrying amount of this stock is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Accrued interest receivable and payable

For these items, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Deposit liabilities

The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and money market deposits is
the  amount  payable  on  demand  at the  reporting  date.  The  fair  value  of
fixed-maturity  certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting  future cash
flows  using the rates  currently  offered  for  deposits  of similar  remaining
maturities.

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

The fair values for these  advances are  determined  by  discounting  cash flows
using rates currently offered for advances of similar remaining maturities.
<PAGE>

NOTE 16 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

For these items, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Off-balance sheet activities

The fair value of commitments is estimated  using the fees currently  charged to
enter  similar  agreements,  taking  into  account  the  remaining  terms of the
agreements  and  the  present   creditworthiness  of  the  counterparties.   For
fixed-rate loan  commitments,  fair value also considers the difference  between
current  levels of interest  rates and the  committed  rates.  The fair value of
commitments was immaterial at the reporting dates presented.

The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 1996
                                                                                  Carrying                  Fair
                                                                                    Value                   Value
                                                                                    -----                   -----
<S>                                                                             <C>                     <C>       
      Financial assets                                         
            Cash and cash equivalents                                           $ 6,694,089             $ 6,694,089
            Interest-bearing time deposits                                          298,000                 298,000
            Trading securities                                                      708,438                 708,438
            Securities available for sale                                        22,779,280              22,779,280
            Securities held to maturity                                           2,004,288               2,006,000
            Loans, net                                                           95,737,191              96,186,000
            Loans held for sale                                                   4,297,092               4,346,000
            Federal Home Loan Bank stock                                          1,475,000               1,475,000
            Accrued interest receivable                                             632,043                 632,043

      Financial liabilities
            Deposits                                                             91,028,072              90,940,900
            Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings                                    19,000,000              19,000,000
            Accrued interest payable                                                156,946                 156,946
            Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance                   459,391                 459,391

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
DIRECTORS                                                     EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

George A. Jackoboice, Chairman of the Board;                  Paul W. Sydloski, President,
   President and 25% owner of Monarch                            Chief Executive Officer
   Hydraulics, Inc.                                           Kevin A. Twardy, Vice President,
Carl A. Rossi, Treasurer; President of                           Chief Financial Officer
   Kentwater Land Co.                                         James A. Koessel, Vice President,
Paul W. Sydloski, President, Chief Executive Officer             Chief Lending Officer
Jacob Haisma, Owner of Jacob Haisma Builders, Inc.            Laurie S. Adams, Director of
Thomas D. DeYoung, Owner and President                           Retail Banking
   of DeYoung and Associates
Robert J. Stephan, President, Chief Executive Officer
   and 91% owner of BeneComp, Inc.
Richard L. Bishop, President, Treasurer and 50%               TRANSFER AGENT
   owner of Jurgens & Holtvluwer Men's Store, Inc.            Registrar and Transfer Company
John H. Zwarensteyn, President, Chief Executive               10 Commerce Drive
   Officer and owner of Gemini Corporation                    Cranford, N.J. 07016

LEGAL COUNSEL                                                 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Elias, Matz, Tiernan and Herrick L.L.P.                       Crowe, Chizek & Company
Suite 1200                                                    400 Riverfront Plaza Building
734 15th Street, N.W.                                         55 Campau, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20005                                       Grand Rapids, MI 49502
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
2185 Three Mile Road, N.W.
Grand Rapids, MI 49544


STOCK INFORMATION
Bank West Financial  Corporation is traded on the Nasdaq  National  Market under
the  symbol  of  "BWFC."  Total  shares  outstanding  as of June 30,  1996  were
2,199,575.  The high and low bid  quotations for the common stock as reported on
the Nasdaq, as well as dividends declared per share, were as follows:

Quarter Ended                    High              Low             Dividends

June 30, 1995                   $9.750           $8.500              $ --
September 30, 1995              10.250            8.750               .07
December 31, 1995               11.000            9.625               .07
March 31, 1996                  10.500            9.625               .07
June 30, 1996                   11.125            8.875               .07

The  information  set forth in the table above was  provided by The Nasdaq Stock
Market. Such information  reflects  interdealer prices,  without retail mark-up,
mark-down  or  commission  and  may not  represent  actual  transactions.  As of
September 4, 1996, the Company had  approximately 670 shareholders of record and
1,981,475 shares of common stock outstanding.

INVESTOR INFORMATION
A copy of Bank West  Financial  Corporation's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K and a
list of the  exhibits  thereto,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission, may be obtained without charge upon written request to Kevin Twardy,
Chief Financial Officer, Bank West Financial Corporation,  2185 Three Mile Road,
N.W., Grand Rapids, MI 49544, or by calling (616) 785-3400.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                       1,571,662
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                       5,122,427
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                               708,438
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                 22,779,280
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                       2,004,288
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                         2,006,000
<LOANS>                                     95,737,191
<ALLOWANCE>                                    165,862
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                             137,982,306
<DEPOSITS>                                  91,028,072
<SHORT-TERM>                                 6,000,000
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                          1,143,788
<LONG-TERM>                                 13,000,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        21,996
<OTHER-SE>                                  26,788,450
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>             137,982,306
<INTEREST-LOAN>                              7,901,948
<INTEREST-INVEST>                            1,739,792
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               446,263
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                            10,088,003
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                           4,605,347
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           5,930,079
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                        4,157,924
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                   60,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                             376,994
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                              3,469,048
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              1,830,888
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                   1,208,488
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 1,208,488
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .57
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .57
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    7.52
<LOANS-NON>                                     42,983
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               108,000
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  (2,138)
<RECOVERIES>                                         0
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              165,862
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                 0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        165,862
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission